WO2023011349A1 - Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal, and network side device - Google Patents

Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal, and network side device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023011349A1
WO2023011349A1 PCT/CN2022/108954 CN2022108954W WO2023011349A1 WO 2023011349 A1 WO2023011349 A1 WO 2023011349A1 CN 2022108954 W CN2022108954 W CN 2022108954W WO 2023011349 A1 WO2023011349 A1 WO 2023011349A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
positioning reference
subband
downlink
terminal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/108954
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
司晔
邬华明
王园园
庄子荀
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2023011349A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023011349A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/20Negotiating bandwidth
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the technical field of communications, and in particular relates to a positioning reference signal processing method, terminal and network side equipment.
  • the unlicensed frequency band can be used as a supplement to the licensed frequency band (licensed band) to help operators expand the service.
  • unlicensed frequency bands are shared by multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs), in some countries or regions, unlicensed frequency bands must comply with regulations when used to ensure that all devices can use the resources fairly , such as listen before talk (LBT), maximum channel occupancy time (Maximum Channel Occupancy Time, MCOT) and other rules.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • MCOT maximum channel occupancy time
  • the transmission of Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) in the unlicensed frequency band is mainly affected by LBT.
  • the base station can send the PRS only after the LBT is successful.
  • the PRS bandwidth in positioning is large. Due to the limitation of the basic bandwidth of LBT, the PRS bandwidth must also be divided into different bandwidths for LBT and transmission, and the frequency domain overhead is large. Therefore, it is necessary to consider how to reduce the positioning reference of unlicensed frequency bands. Transmission overhead of a signal in the frequency domain.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning reference signal processing method, a terminal, and a network side device, which can solve the problem of how to reduce the transmission overhead of positioning reference signals in an unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
  • a positioning reference signal processing method comprising:
  • the first terminal performs a first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
  • a positioning reference signal processing method comprising:
  • the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • a positioning reference signal processing method comprising:
  • the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds.
  • a positioning reference signal processing method comprising:
  • the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  • a positioning reference signal processing method comprising:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
  • a positioning reference signal processing device comprising:
  • the first executing unit is configured to execute the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
  • a positioning reference signal processing device includes:
  • the third execution unit is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • a positioning reference signal processing device includes:
  • the fifth executing unit is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • a positioning reference signal processing device includes:
  • a seventh executing unit configured to send subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  • a positioning reference signal processing device includes:
  • the tenth sending unit is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in an RRC release message.
  • a terminal in an eleventh aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, and the program or instruction is executed by the processor
  • the terminal When implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the first aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the third aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the fifth aspect .
  • a terminal including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to perform a first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of a positioning reference signal PRS; wherein, the The first operation includes at least one of the following: detecting the PRS on at least one subband; and processing the PRS on at least one subband.
  • the processor is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, or send the PRS after the LBT succeeds.
  • the communication interface is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is in the connected state Received or received in an RRC Release message.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a network-side device, the network-side device includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the When the processor is executed, the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the second aspect are realized, or the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the fourth aspect are realized.
  • a network side device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS , or, send a PRS after a successful LBT.
  • the communication interface is configured to send subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  • a readable storage medium where a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the positioning reference signal processing method according to the first aspect is implemented Steps, or realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the third aspect, or realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the second aspect, or realize the positioning reference signal processing method according to the fourth aspect or implement the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the fifth aspect.
  • a chip in a sixteenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above described in the first aspect
  • the positioning reference signal processing method or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the third aspect, or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the second aspect, or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the fourth aspect , or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the fifth aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the method described in the first aspect
  • the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the third aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the second aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the fourth aspect The steps of the positioning reference signal processing method, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the fifth aspect.
  • the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, which can effectively reduce the number of unlicensed frequency band positioning.
  • FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is the second schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is the third schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is the fifth schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a positioning reference signal processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is the second structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is the third structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is the fourth structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is the fifth schematic structural diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the network side equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a second schematic structural diagram of a network side device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second and the like in the specification and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances such that the embodiments of the application are capable of operation in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein and that "first" and “second” distinguish objects. It is usually one category, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, there may be one or more first objects.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims means at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/” generally means that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the above-mentioned system and radio technology, and can also be used for other systems and radio technologies.
  • NR New Radio
  • the following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation (6 th Generation, 6G) communication system.
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 , an access network device 12 and a core network device 13 .
  • the terminal 11 can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), Pedestrian Terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart feet) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, game consoles
  • the access network device 12 may also be called a wireless access network device or a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), and the access network device 12 may be a base station, and the base station may be called a node B, an evolved node B, an access network Point, Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Radio Base Station, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (Extended Service Set, ESS), B Node, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, WLAN access point, WiFi node, Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved , the base station is not limited to specific technical terms.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • ESS Extended Service Set
  • B Node Evolved Node B
  • eNB Evolved Node B
  • WLAN access point WiFi node
  • WiFi node Transmitting Receiving Point
  • TRP
  • the core network device 13 may also be called a core network (Core Network, CN) or a 5G core (5G core, 5GC) network, and the core network device 13 may include but not limited to at least one of the following: a core network node, a core network function, a mobile Management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access management function (Access Management Function, AMF), session management function (Session Management Function, SMF), user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF), policy control function (Policy Control Function, PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Server Discovery Function (EASDF), Application Function (Application Function, AF), location server, etc. .
  • MME mobile Management entity
  • MME mobile Management Entity Management Entity
  • AMF Access Management Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • PCF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • PCF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • EASDF Edge Application Server Discovery Function
  • Application Function Application Function
  • Using the carrier of the unlicensed frequency band to transmit the positioning reference signal can further improve the positioning accuracy.
  • the transmission of PRS in the unlicensed frequency band is mainly affected by LBT. Therefore, in order to increase the probability of successful PRS transmission during positioning, it may be necessary to introduce the concept of PRS candidate positions. That is, if PRS is sent at multiple candidate locations, even if some candidate locations cannot send PRS due to LBT failure, the remaining candidate locations will have the opportunity to send PRS.
  • the PRS bandwidth In the frequency dimension, due to the large PRS bandwidth in positioning and the limitation of the basic bandwidth of LBT, the PRS bandwidth must also be divided into different bandwidths for LBT and transmission.
  • a special subband can be defined for the PRS.
  • the subband dedicated to PRS can be larger than the conventional LBT bandwidth, and the base station can perform LBT and/or send PRS according to the granularity of the PRS subband.
  • the successful subband of multiple base station PRS LBT and the actual transmission bandwidth of PRS may be different, then this will definitely affect the assumption of the positioning frequency layer.
  • the PRS bandwidth is generally configured in the positioning frequency layer, and can also be understood as the bandwidth of the positioning frequency layer, which is configured by the LPP high-level parameter 'dl-PRS-ResourceBandwidth-r16'.
  • the LBT bandwidth is generally the basic bandwidth for the base station or terminal to perform LBT in the frequency dimension, and is generally 20MHz.
  • the PRS sub-bands can be understood as further blocks of the PRS bandwidth, and each block of bandwidth is a PRS sub-band.
  • Fig. 2 is one of the flow diagrams of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 2, the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 200 the first terminal performs the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is a downlink reference signal for positioning
  • the downlink positioning reference signal includes PRS and other reference signals for positioning, including but not limited to Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSIRS) , CSI-RS), synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal and PBCH Block, SSB), tracking reference signal (Tracking Reference Signal, TRS), demodulation reference signal (D downlink positioning reference signal emulation reference signal, DMRS) at least one.
  • CSIRS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • CSI-RS CSI-RS
  • SSB Synchronization Signal
  • TRS Track Reference Signal
  • demodulation reference signal D downlink positioning reference signal emulation reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the first terminal detects whether the downlink positioning reference signal exists in at least one subband, and/or processes the downlink positioning in at least one subband reference signal.
  • the first terminal performs the first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal.
  • the PRS is not limited to the PRS of Uu and the PRS of the sidelink (Sidelink).
  • the subbands in this application are downlink positioning reference signal subbands, which may be equally distributed subbands or sliding subbands.
  • each downlink positioning reference signal subband represents a continuous downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the frequency domain. That is, the UE should assume that there is either no PRS transmission in the PRS subband, or continuous PRS transmission, and there is no situation of discontinuous PRS transmission. For example: if the PRS sub-band contains multiple LBT bandwidths, the PRS will be sent only if all the LBT bandwidths are successful in LBT.
  • the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth includes at least one downlink positioning reference signal subband.
  • the positioning frequency layer bandwidth includes at least one downlink positioning reference signal subband.
  • the subband configuration information may be configured by the network device, pre-configured by the network device, configured by the second terminal, pre-configured by the second terminal, agreed by a protocol, or predefined by a protocol.
  • a protocol for example, it can be obtained through LTE Positioning Protocol (LTE Positioning Protocol, LPP) configuration, or resource pool configuration in Sidelink.
  • LPP LTE Positioning Protocol
  • the network device may be a first network device, such as a location server, or a second network device, such as a base station.
  • the second terminal is another UE in Sidelink, or a Road Side Unit (Road Side Unit, RSU), or a control node in Sidelink.
  • RSU Road Side Unit
  • the first terminal processes the PRS on at least one subband.
  • processing can also be equivalent to measuring.
  • processing the PRS may be to cache the PRS first, and then perform frequency domain calculation.
  • the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, which can effectively reduce the number of unlicensed frequency band positioning.
  • the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the subband bandwidth includes an integer multiple of subbands.
  • the number of subbands included in the subband bandwidth may be 1 by default (protocol agreement), and the PRS bandwidth is equal to the subband bandwidth.
  • the PRS subband configuration can be defaulted.
  • the subband bandwidth is N physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB).
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • the PRS is detected and/or processed at a granularity of 4 PRBs.
  • the subband bandwidth is an integer multiple of the LBT bandwidth or equal to the LBT bandwidth.
  • the bandwidth of the PRS subband may be the bandwidth of the LBT by default.
  • the PRS subband configuration can be defaulted.
  • the bandwidth of the subbands may not be configured.
  • the subband identifier is the identifier of the downlink positioning reference signal subband. For example, the subband identifier with the lowest frequency domain position is 0, and the highest is N-1 (assuming that the number of subbands is N); the N subbands are arranged from low to high, The frequency domain positions do not overlap, and adjacent subbands are continuous in frequency domain.
  • the bandwidth configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • PRS subcarrier spacing subcarrier space, SCS
  • the detecting and/or processing the PRS on at least one subband includes:
  • one downlink positioning reference signal candidate position represents a downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the time domain.
  • a PRS candidate position represents a PRS transmission opportunity in the time domain (time continuous).
  • the PRS candidate positions may be referred to as PRS temporal candidate positions.
  • PRS time domain candidate positions can be configured per positioning frequency layer, per TRP (per TRP), per PRS resource set (per PRS resource set), and per PRS resource (per PRS resource) Configuration, per UE (per UE) configuration, or per UE group (per UE group) configuration.
  • the PRS time domain candidate positions are consistent with the subband configuration. That is, the subband configuration is also per positioning frequency layer (per positioning frequency layer) configuration, each TRP (per TRP) configuration, each PRS resource set (per PRS resource set) configuration, and each PRS resource (per PRS resource) Configuration, per UE (per UE) configuration, or per UE group (per UE group) configuration. It is consistent with the PRS time domain candidate location configuration.
  • a PRS period includes at least one PRS time domain candidate position.
  • the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, with subbands as the granularity.
  • the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band is improved, and at the same time, the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band can be effectively reduced in the frequency domain.
  • the subband configuration information is configured in units of positioning frequency layers (per positioning frequency layer), or configured in units of transmitting and receiving points (per TRP), or configured in units of positioning reference signal resource sets (per PRS resource set) configuration, or in units of positioning reference signal resources (per PRS resource), or in units of terminals (per UE), or in units of terminal groups (per UE group).
  • configuration in units of terminals (per UE) or configurations in units of terminal groups (per UE group) is applicable to sidelink positioning.
  • the subband configuration information is configured in one of the above units, which may be indicated by carrying an identifier of the corresponding unit in the subband configuration information.
  • the positioning frequency layer satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the subband configurations of the downlink positioning reference signals in the positioning frequency layer are the same;
  • the actual bandwidth and/or actual subband position of the downlink positioning reference signal in the positioning frequency layer are the same or different;
  • the actual PRS bandwidth and/or actual sub-band positions corresponding to different periods or different PRS candidate positions are the same or different.
  • the UE should assume) that the PRS subband configurations of different transmitting ends (such as different TRPs or different UEs) in the positioning frequency layer are the same.
  • the same subband configuration includes at least one of the following items: the same subband bandwidth, the same frequency domain position of the subbands, and the same number of subbands.
  • the actual bandwidth of the PRS is the bandwidth of the actual PRS transmission after the LBT succeeds.
  • different PRS actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of different sending ends in the positioning frequency layer are different.
  • the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the PRSs of different transmitting ends in the same positioning frequency layer are the same.
  • the PRS actual bandwidth and/or actual subband positions corresponding to different periods or different PRS candidate positions are the same or different means: in the same positioning frequency layer, the same sending end, different periods or PRS actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions corresponding to different PRS candidate positions are the same, or may be different.
  • the PRS may come from multiple base stations during positioning, and the successful subbands of the PRS LBT of multiple base stations and the actual transmission bandwidth of the PRS may be different, which has an impact on the assumption of the positioning frequency layer.
  • the method also includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is detected and/or processed at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or listen-before-talk LBT bandwidth.
  • the PRS is detected and/or processed at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth.
  • the detection and/or processing of the PRS at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth may be stipulated by the protocol, indicated by the network (for example, indicated by 1 bit), or independently determined by the terminal.
  • No subband configuration can also be understood as: when the subband bandwidth is equal to the PRS bandwidth, or the subband bandwidth is equal to the LBT bandwidth, there may be no subband configuration by default.
  • the method also includes:
  • first indication information where the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands
  • the processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
  • the first terminal receives the first indication information, determines at least one available subband according to the first indication information, and detects and/or processes the PRS on the at least one available subband.
  • the first terminal determines at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the PRS, and detects the PRS on the at least one subband; according to the first indication information, from the Determine at least one available subband in the at least one subband, and process the PRS on the at least one available subband.
  • the availability of the sub-band is related to whether the LBT is successful or not.
  • the availability of the PRS subbands may be represented in the form of a bitmap.
  • the length of the Bitmap is equal to the number of PRS subbands.
  • the bit in the bitmap is '1' indicating that the PRS subband is available (PRS subband LBT is successful), and '0' indicates that the PRS subband is not available (PRS subband LBT is unsuccessful).
  • the validity time or validity period of the first indication information is at least one of the following:
  • the COT duration is indicated as a downlink (Downlink, DL) and/or flexible (flexible) symbol.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Positioning frequency layer identification of positioning frequency layer
  • Downlink positioning reference signal resource PRS resource identifier
  • Downlink positioning reference signal resource set PRS resource set identifier Downlink positioning reference signal resource set PRS resource set identifier
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the subband availability of a positioning reference signal corresponding to the identifier.
  • the first indication information may also indicate subband availability of multiple positioning reference signals corresponding to the identifiers.
  • multiple identifiers are included in the first indication information.
  • the terminal acquires the subband availability indication under the corresponding identifier.
  • the arrangement may be obtained by at least one of protocol agreement and network (pre)configuration.
  • the serving base station indicates the availability of subbands corresponding to multiple TRPs, or the availability of candidate positions in the time domain or COT indication. After multiple TRP LBTs, send the above information to the serving base station.
  • the indication of the serving base station may carry the corresponding TRP ID; or, the protocol stipulates or the network (pre) configures the arrangement of multiple TRPs, and the serving base station indicates the subband availability of the corresponding TRP according to the above method, or the availability of candidate positions in the time domain or COT indication (eg, via group common DCI).
  • the receiving the first indication information includes one of the following:
  • the first indication information is received, where the first indication information is carried in the payload after the second network device or the second terminal succeeds in LBT.
  • the first indication information is indicated by a network device or indicated by a second terminal.
  • the network indication includes but not limited to radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC), media access control layer control unit (Media Access Control-Control Element, MAC CE), (Downlink Control Information, DCI), LTE positioning protocol LPP, broadcast at least one of the messages;
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE media access control layer control unit
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • LPP LTE positioning protocol
  • the second terminal indication includes but is not limited to: at least one of first-level sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), second-level SCI, and PC5-RRC.
  • SCI Seglink Control Information
  • SCI second-level SCI
  • PC5-RRC PC5-RRC
  • the terminal processes the PRS on at least one available subband according to the first indication information, which can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
  • the method also includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands are processed.
  • the first terminal if the first terminal does not receive the first indication information, that is, the network device or the second terminal does not indicate the availability of PRS subbands, then the first terminal performs blind detection on PRS of different subbands, and according to The result of blind detection is to process PRSs of different subbands.
  • the method also includes:
  • Indication information for indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands is received.
  • the method also includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands are jointly processed.
  • joint processing may also be referred to as aggregation processing, which may be understood as: measuring PRSs of multiple subbands at the same time, performing aggregation processing on PRSs, and increasing effective bandwidth.
  • the separate processing can be understood as: just measure the PRS of multiple subbands at the same time, but do not perform aggregation processing, and calculate the PRS of each subband separately, without increasing the effective bandwidth.
  • the PRSs of adjacent subbands are processed separately.
  • the indication information used to indicate whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands is carried in the first indication information.
  • the processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signals of the adjacent available subbands are jointly processed.
  • the indication information for indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands may also be indicated in other information or signaling, not indicated in the same information or signaling as the availability of subbands.
  • the terminal when the adjacent subbands have phase consistency, the terminal jointly processes the PRSs of the adjacent subbands, which can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal does not jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the terminal does not expect to jointly process the PRSs of the multiple subbands.
  • the transmission conditions of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands at different candidate positions are the same, different or independent;
  • the different candidate positions are multiple candidate positions within one period, or multiple candidate positions within one time window, or multiple candidate positions corresponding to the aperiodic downlink positioning reference signal;
  • the downlink positioning reference signal subband transmission conditions of the different candidate positions are related to the LBT result.
  • the first terminal should assume that the PRS transmission conditions on the PRS subbands of different candidate positions are one of the following:
  • the transmission conditions of the PRS subbands at different candidate positions are the same.
  • the PRS transmission situation of multiple subbands in candidate position 1 is the same as the PRS transmission situation of multiple subbands in candidate position 2.
  • the PRS subband transmission conditions of different candidate positions are different, including one of the following:
  • the PRS subband transmission conditions of different candidate positions are correlated, that is, the subbands with successful PRS transmission at the later candidate positions include the subbands with successful PRS transmission at the earlier candidate positions.
  • the subbands with successful transmission in candidate position 1 are 0, 2, and 3; then the candidate positions after candidate position 1 must be successfully transmitted in subbands 0, 2, and 3, and may be successfully transmitted in subband 1 . Then, in the candidate position 2, the subbands for which PRS transmission is successful may be 0, 2, 3 or 0, 1, 2, 3. Then in candidate position 2, the UE only needs to detect whether PRS transmission exists in subband 1.
  • the UE In the later candidate positions, the UE only needs to detect the subbands where the PRS has not been successfully transmitted.
  • the candidate positions after candidate position 1 may still transmit successfully or fail in any sub-band.
  • the frequency of the at least one subband is continuous.
  • the terminal processes the PRS on at least one available subband, where the frequency of the at least one available subband is continuous. It is restricted that only the PRS of the continuous sub-band Sub-band can be sent.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands
  • the processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
  • joint processing or separate processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Positioning reference signal resource set identifier
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the above identifiers, and is used to indicate whether to perform joint processing or separate processing on the PRS subbands under the corresponding identifier.
  • the second indication information may be indicated by a network device or indicated by a second terminal.
  • the terminal can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band according to the PRS subband processing indication whether to perform joint processing on the PRS of multiple subbands.
  • the method further includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes an indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result
  • the indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes at least one of the following:
  • the positioning frequency layer identifier corresponding to the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result, or the sending and receiving point identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource set identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource identifier, or the terminal identifier, or the terminal group identifier.
  • the PRS measurement result includes an indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result
  • the indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result includes at least one of the following:
  • the PRS subband identifier indicates that the measurement result is calculated and obtained based on these/a PRS subband.
  • the PRS time-domain candidate position identifier indicates that the measurement result is obtained according to the PRS calculation of these/one PRS time-domain candidate position.
  • the reported measurement result may also indicate whether aggregation processing has been performed.
  • multiple PRS subbands have discontinuous subbands in the frequency domain, and whether the UE performs aggregation processing on the discontinuous subbands in the frequency domain.
  • the embodiment of the present application improves the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band and reduces the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • Fig. 3 is the second schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 3, the method includes:
  • Step 300 the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is a reference signal for positioning, including PRS and other reference signals for positioning.
  • PRS radio frequency
  • Other reference signal implementation methods for positioning can also be realized in the same manner, so examples will not be described one by one.
  • the second network device is a serving base station and/or a neighboring cell base station.
  • the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the bandwidth configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS may be determined in one of the following ways:
  • the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information is preconfigured or predefined
  • the second network device determines subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device, and the first network device then configures the first terminal;
  • the first network device determines multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second network device.
  • the second network device determines specific subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, feeds it back to the first network device, and then the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first terminal.
  • the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS.
  • the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, and if the detected channel is empty, that is, the LBT is successful, then Positioning reference signals are transmitted in corresponding subbands.
  • the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, or sends the PRS after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band The transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the sending the PRS after the LBT succeeds includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the PRS subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the PRS subband range have LBT successfully
  • the PRS is sent. That is, the second network device sends the PRS only when all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS subband range are successfully LBTed.
  • the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful includes:
  • the second network device performs LBT and/or sends PRS at the granularity of PRS subbands, and sends PRS of at least one subband at a time (simultaneously).
  • the second network device performs LBT at the granularity of the LBT bandwidth, or sends a PRS after the LBT is successful.
  • the second network device performs LBT at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth, or sends a PRS after the LBT is successful. That is, the second network device can send the PRS only if all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS bandwidth are LBT successfully.
  • the LBT of multiple PRS subbands is successful, and only when the frequency domains of the multiple PRS subbands are continuous, the second network device sends the PRS.
  • the method also includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
  • a time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result is
  • the method also includes:
  • the PRS transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
  • the method also includes:
  • the second network device determines the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information
  • the second network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
  • the second network device independently determines the PRS subband configuration, the second network device sends the subband configuration information to the first network device (such as a location server).
  • the first network device such as a location server
  • the method also includes:
  • the second network device performs LBT at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after successful LBT.
  • the second network device performs LBT and/or sends PRS according to the PRS bandwidth, or performs LBT bandwidth and/or sends PRS according to the LBT bandwidth.
  • the behavior of the second network device performing LBT at the granularity of PRS bandwidth or LBT bandwidth or sending PRS after LBT is successful may be instructed by the first network device, agreed upon in a protocol, or determined independently.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
  • the second network device indicates the availability of subbands to the first terminal and/or the first network device.
  • the second network device indicates to the first terminal and/or the first network device the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency. If the second network device indicates to the first terminal that adjacent subbands have phase consistency, the first terminal will jointly process the PRSs of multiple adjacent available subbands.
  • the second network device sends the PRS subband availability indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, which may enable the terminal to perform PRS subbands on at least one available subband according to the PRS subband availability indication.
  • the processing can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second network device sends second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the second network device sends the PRS subband processing instruction to the first terminal and/or the first network device, which can make the first terminal determine whether to combine the PRS of multiple subbands according to the PRS subband processing instruction. Processing can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • FIG. 4 is a third schematic flowchart of a positioning reference signal processing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
  • Step 400 the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • the second terminal may be another UE in the Sidelink, or an RSU, or a control node in the Sidelink.
  • the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the bandwidth configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS may be determined in one of the following ways:
  • the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information is preconfigured or predefined
  • the second terminal determines subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device, and the first network device reconfigures it to the first terminal;
  • the first network device determines multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second terminal.
  • the second terminal determines specific subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, feeds it back to the first network device, and then the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS.
  • the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband, and if it detects that the channel is empty, that is, the LBT is successful, then in The corresponding subbands transmit positioning reference signals.
  • the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, or sends the PRS after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning.
  • the transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain is not limited.
  • the sending the downlink positioning reference signal S after the LBT succeeds includes:
  • the second terminal sends the downlink positioning reference signal.
  • the second terminal sends the PRS only when all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS subband range are successfully LBTed.
  • the sending is performed by listening first and speaking LBT, or sending a PRS after the LBT is successful, including:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal subband is used as a granularity to perform LBT, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • the second terminal performs LBT at the granularity of the PRS subbands, or sends the PRS at the granularity of the PRS subbands after the LBT is successful, and sends the PRS of at least one subband at a time (simultaneously).
  • the second terminal performs LBT at the granularity of the LBT bandwidth, or sends a PRS after the LBT is successful.
  • the second terminal performs LBT at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth, or sends the PRS after the LBT is successful. That is, the second terminal can send the PRS only if all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS bandwidth are LBT successfully.
  • the LBT of multiple PRS subbands succeeds, and only when the frequency domains of the multiple PRS subbands are continuous, the second terminal sends the PRS.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second terminal reports the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device
  • the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
  • a time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result is
  • the method also includes:
  • the second terminal determines the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information
  • the second terminal sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
  • the second terminal independently determines the PRS subband configuration, the second terminal sends the subband configuration information to the first network device (such as a location server).
  • the first network device such as a location server
  • the method also includes:
  • the second terminal sends the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth as granularity, and sends the downlink positioning reference signal after performing LBT or LBT successfully.
  • the second terminal performs LBT and/or sends PRS according to the PRS bandwidth, or performs LBT bandwidth and/or sends PRS according to the LBT bandwidth.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second terminal sends the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
  • whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency may also be indicated separately in other information or signaling, not necessarily indicated in the same information or signaling as availability.
  • the second terminal indicates the availability of the subband to the first terminal and/or the first network device.
  • the second terminal indicates to the first terminal and/or the first network device the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency. If the second terminal indicates that adjacent subbands have phase consistency, the first terminal will jointly process the PRSs of multiple subbands.
  • the second terminal sends the availability indication of the PRS subband to the first terminal and/or the first network device, so that the terminal performs PRS on at least one available subband according to the availability indication of the PRS subband. Processing can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second terminal sends second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the second terminal sends the PRS subband processing instruction to the first terminal and/or the first network device, so that the terminal can determine whether to jointly process the PRS of multiple subbands according to the PRS subband processing instruction.
  • the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands is further reduced.
  • FIG. 5 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a positioning reference signal processing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
  • Step 500 the first network device sends subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  • the first network device is a location server.
  • the location server can be a location management function (Location Management Function, LMF) network element or an Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center (Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center, E-SMLC) or other servers with a location calculation function.
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • E-SMLC Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center
  • the first network device determines subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  • the first network device determines multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second network device or the second terminal.
  • the second network device or the second terminal determines specific subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, feeds back to the first network device, and then the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first terminal .
  • the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal, which can improve the positioning reference signal. Transmission efficiency, reducing transmission overhead.
  • the method also includes at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency;
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to perform joint processing or separate processing on the PRSs of multiple subbands.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Positioning frequency layer identification of positioning frequency layer
  • Downlink positioning reference signal resource PRS resource identifier
  • Downlink positioning reference signal resource set PRS resource set identifier Downlink positioning reference signal resource set PRS resource set identifier
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set is the ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set.
  • the PRS measurement result includes an indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result
  • the indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result includes at least one of the following:
  • the PRS transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
  • FIG. 6 is the fifth schematic flowchart of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:
  • Step 600 the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
  • the uplink positioning reference signal is an uplink reference signal for positioning, including but not limited to at least one of Sounding reference signal (Sounding reference signal, SRS), SRS for positioning, and PRACH.
  • Sounding reference signal Sounding reference signal
  • SRS Sounding reference signal
  • PRACH Physical channels Control
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal, time domain position configuration information, frequency domain position configuration information, Time-frequency resource pattern configuration information, spatial beam relationship configuration information (such as spatial relationship reference signal, etc.), path loss configuration information (such as path loss reference signal, etc.), timing advance configuration information (such as timing advance timer configuration, etc.) , validity configuration information (such as validity threshold, etc.) and so on.
  • subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal, time domain position configuration information, frequency domain position configuration information, Time-frequency resource pattern configuration information, spatial beam relationship configuration information (such as spatial relationship reference signal, etc.), path loss configuration information (such as path loss reference signal, etc.), timing advance configuration information (such as timing advance timer configuration, etc.) , validity configuration information (such as validity threshold,
  • the unconnected state refers to an idle state and/or an inactive state.
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal is indicated by the second network device.
  • the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning.
  • beam scanning means that beam directions of different uplink positioning reference signal resources are different.
  • the way of beam scanning can be stipulated by the agreement.
  • the agreement stipulates that in the non-connected state, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner.
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning, including:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning
  • the sending of the uplink positioning reference signal by the terminal in a beam scanning manner according to the network instruction includes one of the following:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner
  • the terminal transmits the uplink positioning reference signal in the beam scanning mode
  • the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted.
  • the terminal may have multiple default ways to send the uplink positioning reference signal, such as sending by beam scanning or beam repetition.
  • it further indicates which way the terminal sends, for example, from beam scanning or beam repetition, indicating that the uplink positioning reference signal is sent in a beam scanning way.
  • the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
  • the terminal judges whether the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid according to the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, wherein the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following: timing advance (Timing Addvance, TA) is valid; the spatial beam relationship is valid; the area is valid; the time is valid; the path loss reference signal is valid.
  • timing advance Timing Addvance, TA
  • the area is valid means: if the terminal is in a pre-configured/defined area (such as a cell that receives an RRC release message or an uplink positioning reference signal, or a plurality of predefined cells), the area is valid (uplink positioning reference signal signal configuration is in the valid area).
  • a pre-configured/defined area such as a cell that receives an RRC release message or an uplink positioning reference signal, or a plurality of predefined cells
  • the area is valid (uplink positioning reference signal signal configuration is in the valid area).
  • the terminal moves out of a certain pre-configured/defined area (such as the cell receiving the RRC release message or the uplink positioning reference signal, or a plurality of predefined cells)
  • the area is invalid.
  • the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal becomes invalid.
  • valid time means: the time is valid if the nearest uplink positioning reference signal configuration/update command (such as RRC release message) does not exceed a certain pre-configured/defined time threshold/timer (uplink positioning reference signal configuration during the effective time).
  • the nearest uplink positioning reference signal configuration/update command such as RRC release message
  • the time is invalid.
  • the time expires, the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal becomes invalid.
  • the time validity can be applied to some specific configurations in the uplink positioning reference signal configurations, such as TA, or spatial relationship reference signals, etc.; or, it can be applied to all the uplink positioning reference signal configurations.
  • the validity of the path loss reference signal refers to: if the path loss reference signal meets the measurement boundary condition, the path loss reference signal configuration is valid; if the path loss reference signal does not meet the measurement boundary condition, then the path loss reference signal configuration becomes invalid.
  • the uplink positioning reference signal configuration Valid that is, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the disconnected state is valid.
  • the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal becomes invalid, that is, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the disconnected state becomes invalid.
  • the terminal When the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid, send the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; or, in the uplink positioning in the unconnected state When the configuration information of the reference signal becomes invalid, the terminal terminates sending the uplink positioning reference signal using the configuration information of the unconnected uplink positioning reference signal or releases the invalid configuration of the positioning reference signal.
  • the terminal if the uplink positioning configuration fails (such as timing advance failure, spatial beam relationship failure, area failure, time failure, or at least one of path loss reference signal failure), the terminal notifies the network device of the configuration failure information (such as the serving base station and/or location server), the network device notifies other base stations participating in positioning to release the uplink positioning reference signal configuration.
  • the failure information includes failure reasons, such as including at least one of the following: timing advance failure, spatial beam relationship failure, area failure, time failure, or path loss reference signal failure.
  • the terminal may notify the network side of failure information by transmitting small data or initiating a connection to enter a connected state.
  • some failed information network equipment has the same understanding as the terminal (such as time failure), and when such an event occurs (such as time failure), the network equipment can directly notify other base stations participating in positioning to release the uplink positioning reference signal Configuration without terminal notification invalidation.
  • the serving base station when the network device is a serving base station, notifies other base stations participating in positioning to release the uplink positioning reference signal configuration, and the notification may be relayed through the location server (for example, the serving base station notifies the location server, and then the location server notifies other base stations), or Can be notified directly.
  • the location server for example, the serving base station notifies the location server, and then the location server notifies other base stations
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal judges the validity of the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship according to the measurement result of the target reference signal and/or the change of the measurement result;
  • the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship configuration is invalid.
  • the change of the measurement result of the target reference signal refers to: when the current measurement result is different from when the UE receives the latest uplink positioning reference signal configuration, or when the UE just enters a non-connected state configuration, or when the UE just receives a timing advance command or When configured, the measurement results change.
  • the timing advance TA in addition to judging by the target reference signal measurement result or the change of the measurement result, it can also be judged by the TA timer Timing alignment timer.
  • the TA timer can start from the latest TA command or the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, and the TA timer can be stipulated in the protocol or indicated by the network (such as included in the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal).
  • the TA timer expires, the TA becomes invalid.
  • the TA timer expires or any condition of the measurement result/change of the target reference signal is satisfied, the TA becomes invalid.
  • the target threshold may be specified by the protocol or indicated by the network (for example, included in the uplink positioning reference signal configuration).
  • the measurement results include at least one of the following:
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • Reference Signal Received Quality Reference Signal Received Quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ);
  • TDOA Time Difference of Arrival
  • the target reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • a reference signal or reference signal group configured for TA validity judgment
  • Spatial relationship reference signal or reference signal group configured for uplink positioning reference signal
  • a path loss reference signal or reference signal group configured for the uplink positioning reference signal
  • the target reference signal includes but is not limited to: at least one of SSB, CSI-RS, and PRS.
  • the target reference is a reference signal of a cell on which it is camped.
  • the camped cell is the cell that receives the uplink positioning reference signal configuration or the RRC release message.
  • the target reference signal may first be screened according to measurement quality, for example, a reference signal whose measurement quality (RSRP) is higher than a threshold is the target reference signal.
  • RSRP measurement quality
  • the validity of the spatial beam relationship includes:
  • the spatial beam relationship is valid.
  • the terminal detects that the spatial relationship reference signal or the reference signal group of the uplink positioning reference signal satisfies the boundary condition of the spatial relationship reference signal, the spatial beam relationship is valid.
  • the boundary condition at least includes: at least one of: L1-RSRP accuracy, L3-RSRP accuracy, and RSRP accuracy of the spatial relationship reference signal.
  • the spatial relationship reference signal at least includes: at least one of SSB, PRS, and CSI-RS.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner, or sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam repeating manner.
  • it is sent in a beam scanning or repeating manner, as stipulated in the protocol or indicated by the network device.
  • multiple base stations participating in positioning measure the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the base station that configures the uplink positioning reference signal sends the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal to the location server, and then the location server sends it to multiple base stations participating in positioning
  • the failure information (including the failure reason) is notified to the location server.
  • the base station releases the uplink positioning reference signal configuration.
  • the location server judges whether the uplink positioning reference signal configuration is valid (for example, whether an accurate location can be obtained) according to the failure information and/or measurement results of each base station. If it fails, notify the base station that originally configured the uplink positioning reference signal: the uplink positioning reference signal configuration failure information, and/or the uplink positioning reference signal configuration update request.
  • the base station that originally configured the uplink positioning reference signal initiates radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN) paging, notifies the terminal to enter the connection state, and further updates the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal and/or completes uplink positioning; or , the base station initiates RAN paging, notifies the uplink positioning reference signal configuration information (such as carried in the paging PDSCH, or only notifies the update information through paging, notifies the UE to enter the small data transmission (Small Data Transmission, SDT) process, and updates in the SDT process Uplink positioning reference signal configuration information), do not enter the connected state; or, the base station initiates MT-SDT, notifies the uplink positioning reference signal configuration information, does not enter the connected state. After receiving the message sent by the base station, the terminal releases the invalid uplink positioning reference signal configuration.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink reference signal, which can effectively reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the positioning reference signal processing method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by a positioning reference signal processing device, or a control module in the positioning reference signal processing device for executing the positioning reference signal processing method.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the positioning reference signal processing device executing the positioning reference signal processing method as an example.
  • FIG. 7 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the positioning reference signal processing device 700 includes:
  • the first executing unit 701 is configured to execute the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is detected and/or processed on at least one subband, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference Transmission overhead of a signal in the frequency domain.
  • the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
  • one downlink positioning reference signal candidate position represents a downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the time domain.
  • the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, with subbands as the granularity.
  • the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band is improved, and at the same time, the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band can be effectively reduced in the frequency domain.
  • the subband configuration information is configured in units of positioning frequency layers, or in units of transmission and reception points TRPs, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resource sets, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resources , or configure in units of terminals, or configure in units of terminal groups.
  • the positioning frequency layer satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the subband configurations of the downlink positioning reference signals in the positioning frequency layer are the same;
  • the actual bandwidth and/or actual subband position of the downlink positioning reference signal in the positioning frequency layer are the same or different;
  • the actual PRS bandwidth and/or actual sub-band positions corresponding to different periods or different PRS candidate positions are the same or different.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second execution unit is configured to detect and/or process the downlink positioning reference signal at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth if the subband configuration information does not exist or is default.
  • the device also includes:
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands
  • the processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
  • the validity time or validity period of the first indication information is at least one of the following:
  • the COT duration is indicated as a downlink DL and/or flexible flexilble symbol.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set is the ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set.
  • the first receiving unit is configured to perform one of the following:
  • the first indication information is received, and the first indication information is carried in the payload of the second network device or the second terminal after the LBT succeeds.
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is processed on at least one available subband, which can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
  • the device also includes:
  • a first detection unit configured to perform blind detection on downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands when the first indication information is not received
  • the first processing unit is configured to process downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands according to blind detection results.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second receiving unit is configured to receive indication information indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second processing unit is configured to jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands when there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands.
  • joint processing of the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands .
  • the device also includes:
  • the third processing unit is configured not to jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands when the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the downlink positioning reference signals corresponding to different periods or different candidate positions are different.
  • the transmission conditions of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands at different candidate positions are the same, different or independent;
  • the different candidate positions are multiple candidate positions within one period, or multiple candidate positions within one time window, or multiple candidate positions corresponding to the aperiodic downlink positioning reference signal;
  • the downlink positioning reference signal sub-band transmission conditions of the different candidate positions are related to the LBT result.
  • the frequency of the at least one subband is continuous.
  • the device also includes:
  • a third receiving unit configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands;
  • the processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
  • joint processing or separate processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band can be further reduced.
  • the device also includes:
  • the first sending unit is configured to report a downlink positioning reference signal measurement result; wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes an indication of a downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
  • the indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes at least one of the following:
  • the positioning frequency layer identifier corresponding to the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result, or the sending and receiving point identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource set identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource identifier, or the terminal identifier, or the terminal group identifier.
  • the embodiment of the present application improves the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band and reduces the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiment in FIG. 2 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 8 is the second structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the positioning reference signal processing device 800 includes:
  • the third execution unit 801 is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • LBT is performed after listening first, or the downlink positioning reference signal is sent after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning.
  • the transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain is not limited to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal.
  • the sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful includes:
  • the device also includes:
  • the second sending unit is configured to report the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device
  • the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
  • a time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result is
  • the device also includes:
  • a third sending unit configured to send the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
  • the device also includes:
  • the fourth executing unit is configured to use the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth as the granularity when the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, and perform LBT or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • the device also includes:
  • a fourth sending unit configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
  • the terminal may, according to the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, use at least one available subband
  • the uplink processing of the downlink positioning reference signal can further reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the device also includes:
  • a fifth sending unit configured to send second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the first terminal by sending the downlink positioning reference signal subband processing indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, it may be possible for the first terminal to determine whether the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal is true for multiple subbands. Joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement various processes implemented in the method embodiment in FIG. 3 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 9 is a third structural schematic diagram of an apparatus for processing a positioning reference signal provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device 900 includes:
  • the fifth executing unit 901 is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • LBT is performed after listening first, or the downlink positioning reference signal is sent after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning.
  • the transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain is not limited to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal.
  • the sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful includes:
  • the device also includes:
  • the sixth sending unit is configured to report the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device
  • the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
  • a time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result is
  • the device also includes:
  • a seventh sending unit configured to send the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device when the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information is determined.
  • the device also includes:
  • the sixth execution unit is configured to use the bandwidth of the downlink positioning reference signal or the bandwidth of the LBT as the granularity when the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, and perform LBT or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • the device also includes:
  • an eighth sending unit configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
  • the terminal may, according to the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, use at least one available subband
  • the uplink processing of the downlink positioning reference signal can further reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the device also includes:
  • a ninth sending unit configured to send second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the first terminal by sending the downlink positioning reference signal subband processing indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, it may be possible for the first terminal to determine whether the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal is true for multiple subbands. Joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiment in FIG. 4 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 10 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of a positioning reference signal processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device 1000 includes:
  • the seventh execution unit 1001 is configured to send subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  • the transmission efficiency of the positioning reference signal can be improved, Reduce transmission overhead.
  • the method further includes an eighth execution unit, configured to execute at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency;
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement various processes implemented in the method embodiment in FIG. 5 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 11 is a fifth schematic structural diagram of a positioning reference signal processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device 1100 includes:
  • the tenth sending unit 1101 is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
  • the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
  • the uplink positioning reference signal is sent by means of beam scanning.
  • the sending the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning includes:
  • sending the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning includes one of the following:
  • the uplink positioning reference signal is sent in the form of beam scanning
  • the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted in the beam scanning mode
  • the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted.
  • the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
  • the terminal judges whether the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid according to the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, wherein the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following: timing advance TA is valid; the spatial beam relationship is valid; the area is valid; the time is valid; the path loss reference signal is valid;
  • the terminal When the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid, send the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; or, in the uplink positioning in the unconnected state When the configuration information of the reference signal becomes invalid, the terminal terminates sending the uplink positioning reference signal using the configuration information of the unconnected uplink positioning reference signal or releases the invalid configuration of the positioning reference signal.
  • the device also includes:
  • the ninth execution unit is configured to judge the validity of the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship according to the measurement result of the target reference signal and/or the change of the measurement result;
  • the tenth execution unit is configured to determine that the configuration of the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship is invalid when the measurement result exceeds or falls below a target threshold.
  • the measurement results include at least one of the following:
  • the target reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • a reference signal or reference signal group configured for TA validity judgment
  • Spatial relationship reference signal or reference signal group configured for uplink positioning reference signal
  • a path loss reference signal or reference signal group configured for the uplink positioning reference signal
  • the validity of the spatial beam relationship includes:
  • the terminal detects the spatial relationship reference signal or the reference signal group of the uplink positioning reference signal with a measurement accuracy lower than the boundary condition of the spatial relationship reference signal, the spatial beam relationship becomes invalid.
  • the device also includes:
  • the eleventh execution unit is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner, or send the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam repeating manner when the spatial beam relationship fails.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiment in FIG. 6 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • this embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1200, including a processor 1201, a memory 1202, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 1202 and operable on the processor 1201,
  • a communication device 1200 including a processor 1201, a memory 1202, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 1202 and operable on the processor 1201
  • the communication device 1200 is a terminal
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1201
  • each process of the above embodiment of the positioning reference signal processing method can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 1200 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1201, each process of the above positioning reference signal processing method embodiment can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is configured to perform a first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of a downlink positioning reference signal; wherein the first operation includes At least one of the following: detecting the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband; and processing the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 1300 includes, but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1301, a network module 1302, an audio output unit 1303, an input unit 1304, a sensor 1305, a display unit 1306, a user input unit 1307, an interface unit 1308, a memory 1309, and a processor 1310, etc. at least some of the components.
  • the terminal 1300 can also include a power supply (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 1310 through the power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions.
  • a power supply such as a battery
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 13 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal.
  • the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
  • the input unit 1304 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 13041 and a microphone 13042, and the graphics processor 13041 is used for the image capture device (such as the image data of the still picture or video obtained by the camera) for processing.
  • the display unit 1306 may include a display panel 13061, and the display panel 13061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 1307 includes a touch panel 13071 and other input devices 13072 . Touch panel 13071, also called touch screen.
  • the touch panel 13071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 13072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and processes it to the processor 1310; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the memory 1309 can be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 1309 may mainly include a program or instruction storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program or instruction storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like.
  • the memory 1309 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory, wherein the nonvolatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • flash memory for example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid-state storage device.
  • the processor 1310 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1310 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs or instructions, etc., Modem processors mainly handle wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1310 .
  • the processor 1310 is configured to perform the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
  • the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, which can effectively reduce the number of unlicensed frequency band positioning.
  • the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
  • one downlink positioning reference signal candidate position represents a downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the time domain.
  • the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, with subbands as the granularity.
  • the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band is improved, and at the same time, the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band can be effectively reduced in the frequency domain.
  • the subband configuration information is configured in units of positioning frequency layers, or in units of transmission and reception points TRPs, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resource sets, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resources , or configure in units of terminals, or configure in units of terminal groups.
  • the positioning frequency layer satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the subband configurations of the downlink positioning reference signals in the positioning frequency layer are the same;
  • the actual bandwidth and/or actual subband position of the downlink positioning reference signal in the positioning frequency layer are the same or different;
  • the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the downlink positioning reference signals corresponding to different periods or different downlink positioning reference signal candidate positions are the same or different.
  • processor 1310 is also used for:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is detected and/or processed at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or listen-before-talk LBT bandwidth.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is configured to:
  • first indication information where the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands
  • the processor 1310 is further configured to:
  • the validity time or validity period of the first indication information is at least one of the following:
  • the COT duration is indicated as a downlink DL and/or flexible flexilble symbol.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set is the ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is specifically configured to perform one of the following:
  • the first indication information is received, where the first indication information is carried in the payload after the second network device or the second terminal succeeds in LBT.
  • the terminal processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband according to the first indication information, which can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
  • processor 1310 is also used for:
  • the downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands are processed.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
  • Indication information for indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands is received.
  • processor 1310 is also used for the processor 1310 .
  • the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands are jointly processed.
  • joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands .
  • processor 1310 is also used for:
  • the transmission conditions of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands at different candidate positions are the same, different or independent;
  • the different candidate positions are multiple candidate positions within one period, or multiple candidate positions within one time window, or multiple candidate positions corresponding to the aperiodic downlink positioning reference signal;
  • the downlink positioning reference signal subband transmission conditions of the different candidate positions are related to the LBT result.
  • the frequency of the at least one subband is continuous.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands
  • the processor 1310 is further configured to:
  • joint processing or separate processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the terminal can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band according to the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal whether to perform joint processing on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes an indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result
  • the indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes at least one of the following:
  • the positioning frequency layer identifier corresponding to the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result, or the sending and receiving point identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource set identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource identifier, or the terminal identifier, or the terminal group identifier.
  • the embodiment of the present application improves the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band and reduces the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band.
  • the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is used to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or, in the LBT After success, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1310 is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  • the terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band The transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds includes:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful includes:
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
  • a time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result is
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
  • processor 1310 is also used for:
  • the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth is used as the granularity, and the downlink positioning reference signal is sent after the LBT is performed or the LBT is successful.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
  • the terminal may, according to the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, use at least one available subband
  • the uplink processing of the downlink positioning reference signal can further reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  • the first terminal by sending the downlink positioning reference signal subband processing indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, it may be possible for the first terminal to determine whether the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal is true for multiple subbands. Joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands.
  • the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; wherein, the The configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the radio frequency unit 1301 is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state Or received in a radio link control RRC release message.
  • the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning.
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning, including:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning
  • the sending of the uplink positioning reference signal by the terminal in a beam scanning manner according to the network instruction includes one of the following:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner
  • the terminal transmits the uplink positioning reference signal in the beam scanning mode
  • the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted.
  • the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
  • the terminal judges whether the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid according to the validity of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, wherein the validity of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following: timing ahead of TA Validity; validity of the spatial beam relationship;
  • the terminal stops sending the uplink positioning reference signal using the configuration information of the unconnected uplink positioning reference signal.
  • processor 1310 is also used for:
  • the terminal judges the validity of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal according to the measurement result of the target reference signal and/or the change of the measurement result;
  • the measurement results include at least one of the following:
  • the target reference signal includes at least one of the following:
  • a reference signal or reference signal group configured for TA validity judgment
  • Spatial relationship reference signal or reference signal group configured for uplink positioning reference signal
  • a path loss reference signal or reference signal group configured for the uplink positioning reference signal
  • the validity of the spatial beam relationship includes:
  • the spatial beam relationship becomes invalid.
  • processor 1310 is also used for:
  • the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner, or sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam repeating manner.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is used to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or, in the LBT After success, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device.
  • the network side device 1400 includes: an antenna 1401 , a radio frequency device 1402 , and a baseband device 1403 .
  • the antenna 1401 is connected to the radio frequency device 1402 .
  • the radio frequency device 1402 receives information through the antenna 1401, and sends the received information to the baseband device 1403 for processing.
  • the baseband device 1403 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 1402
  • the radio frequency device 1402 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 1401 .
  • the foregoing frequency band processing device may be located in the baseband device 1403 , and the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband device 1403 , and the baseband device 1403 includes a processor 1404 and a memory 1405 .
  • the baseband device 1403 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, and the baseband board is provided with a plurality of chips, as shown in FIG.
  • the baseband device 1403 may also include a network interface 1406 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 1402, such as a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI for short).
  • a network interface 1406 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 1402, such as a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI for short).
  • the network side device in this embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1405 and executable on the processor 1404, and the processor 1404 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1405 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 8 To avoid duplication, the method of implementation and to achieve the same technical effect will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to send the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and /or a second terminal.
  • the network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device.
  • the network device 1500 includes: a processor 1501, a transceiver 1502, a memory 1503, a user interface 1504, and a bus interface, wherein:
  • the network-side device 1500 further includes: a computer program stored in the memory 1503 and operable on the processor 1501, the computer program is executed by the processor 1501 to execute the methods performed by the modules shown in FIG. 10 , and To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1501 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1503 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, etc., which are well known in the art and therefore will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1502 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media.
  • the user interface 1504 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally to required devices, and the connected devices include but are not limited to keypads, displays, speakers, microphones, joysticks, and the like.
  • the processor 1501 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1503 can store data used by the processor 1501 when performing operations.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium.
  • the readable storage medium stores a program or an instruction.
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the various processes in the above embodiment of the positioning reference signal processing method are implemented, and can To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, no more details are given here.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above positioning reference signal processing method
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above positioning reference signal processing method
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program/program product, the computer program/program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above-mentioned system message
  • the computer program/program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above-mentioned system message
  • the term “comprising”, “comprising” or any other variation thereof is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or apparatus comprising a set of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed, or elements inherent in the process, method, article, or device. Without further limitations, an element defined by the phrase “comprising a " does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus comprising that element.
  • the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions are performed, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and discloses a positioning reference signal processing method, a terminal, and a network side device. The positioning reference signal processing method in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a first terminal performs a first operation according to sub-band configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of a downlink positioning reference signal, wherein the first operation comprises at least one of the following: detecting the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one sub-band; and processing the downlink positioning reference signal on the at least one sub-band.

Description

定位参考信号处理方法、终端及网络侧设备Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal and network side equipment
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求于2021年08月04日提交的申请号为202110893518.2,发明名称为“定位参考信号处理方法、终端及网络侧设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其通过引用方式全部并入本申请。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110893518.2 filed on August 4, 2021, and the title of the invention is "Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal and network side equipment", which is fully incorporated by reference into this application .
技术领域technical field
本申请属于通信技术领域,具体涉及一种定位参考信号处理方法、终端及网络侧设备。The present application belongs to the technical field of communications, and in particular relates to a positioning reference signal processing method, terminal and network side equipment.
背景技术Background technique
在未来通信系统中,非授权频段(unlicensed band)可以作为授权频段(licensed band)的补充帮助运营商对服务进行扩容。由于非授权频段由多种无线接入技术(Radio Access Technology,RATs)共用,因此在某些国家或者区域,非授权频段在使用时必须符合规则(regulation)以保证所有设备可以公平地使用该资源,例如先听后说(listen before talk,LBT),最大信道占用时间(Maximum Channel Occupancy Time,MCOT)等规则。In the future communication system, the unlicensed frequency band (unlicensed band) can be used as a supplement to the licensed frequency band (licensed band) to help operators expand the service. Since unlicensed frequency bands are shared by multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs), in some countries or regions, unlicensed frequency bands must comply with regulations when used to ensure that all devices can use the resources fairly , such as listen before talk (LBT), maximum channel occupancy time (Maximum Channel Occupancy Time, MCOT) and other rules.
利用非授权频段的载波传输定位参考信号能够进一步提高定位的精度。非授权频段定位参考信号(Positioning Reference Signal,PRS)的传输主要会受到LBT的影响。比如,基站只有在LBT成功之后,才能发送PRS。在频率维度上,定位中PRS带宽较大,受LBT基本带宽的限制,PRS带宽必然也需要分不同的带宽进行LBT及发送,频域开销较大,因此,需要考虑如何减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。Using the carrier of the unlicensed frequency band to transmit the positioning reference signal can further improve the positioning accuracy. The transmission of Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) in the unlicensed frequency band is mainly affected by LBT. For example, the base station can send the PRS only after the LBT is successful. In the frequency dimension, the PRS bandwidth in positioning is large. Due to the limitation of the basic bandwidth of LBT, the PRS bandwidth must also be divided into different bandwidths for LBT and transmission, and the frequency domain overhead is large. Therefore, it is necessary to consider how to reduce the positioning reference of unlicensed frequency bands. Transmission overhead of a signal in the frequency domain.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种定位参考信号处理方法、终端及网络侧设备,能够解决如何减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning reference signal processing method, a terminal, and a network side device, which can solve the problem of how to reduce the transmission overhead of positioning reference signals in an unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
第一方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, a positioning reference signal processing method is provided, the method comprising:
第一终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;The first terminal performs a first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following:
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;Detecting a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband;
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
第二方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理方法,该方法包括:In a second aspect, a positioning reference signal processing method is provided, the method comprising:
第二网络设备根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
第三方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理方法,该方法包括:In a third aspect, a positioning reference signal processing method is provided, the method comprising:
第二终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds.
第四方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理方法,该方法包括:In a fourth aspect, a positioning reference signal processing method is provided, the method comprising:
第一网络设备将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。The first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
第五方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理方法,该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, a positioning reference signal processing method is provided, the method comprising:
终端根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;The terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在无线链路控制RRC释放消息中接收。Wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
第六方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理装置,该装置包括:In a sixth aspect, a positioning reference signal processing device is provided, the device comprising:
第一执行单元,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;The first executing unit is configured to execute the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following:
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;Detecting a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband;
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
第七方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理装置,该装置包括:In a seventh aspect, a positioning reference signal processing device is provided, and the device includes:
第三执行单元,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The third execution unit is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
第八方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理装置,该装置包括:In an eighth aspect, a positioning reference signal processing device is provided, and the device includes:
第五执行单元,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The fifth executing unit is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
第九方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理装置,该装置包括:In a ninth aspect, a positioning reference signal processing device is provided, and the device includes:
第七执行单元,用于将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。A seventh executing unit, configured to send subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
第十方面,提供了一种定位参考信号处理装置,该装置包括:In a tenth aspect, a positioning reference signal processing device is provided, and the device includes:
第十发送单元,用于根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;The tenth sending unit is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在RRC释放消息中接收。Wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in an RRC release message.
第十一方面,提供了一种终端,该终端包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第五方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤。In an eleventh aspect, a terminal is provided, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, and the program or instruction is executed by the processor When implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the first aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the third aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the fifth aspect .
第十二方面,提供了一种终端,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:对至少一个子带上的PRS进行检测;对至少一个子带上的PRS进行处理。或者,所述处理器用于根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS。或者,所述通信接口用于根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;其中,所述 非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在RRC释放消息中接收。In a twelfth aspect, a terminal is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to perform a first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of a positioning reference signal PRS; wherein, the The first operation includes at least one of the following: detecting the PRS on at least one subband; and processing the PRS on at least one subband. Or, the processor is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, or send the PRS after the LBT succeeds. Alternatively, the communication interface is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is in the connected state Received or received in an RRC Release message.
第十三方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,该网络侧设备包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第二方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第四方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤。A thirteenth aspect provides a network-side device, the network-side device includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, the program or instruction being executed by the When the processor is executed, the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the second aspect are realized, or the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the fourth aspect are realized.
第十四方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS。或者,所述通信接口用于将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。In a fourteenth aspect, a network side device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS , or, send a PRS after a successful LBT. Alternatively, the communication interface is configured to send subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
第十五方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第四方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第五方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤。In a fifteenth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided, where a program or an instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the positioning reference signal processing method according to the first aspect is implemented Steps, or realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the third aspect, or realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the second aspect, or realize the positioning reference signal processing method according to the fourth aspect or implement the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to the fifth aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法,或者实现如第三方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法,或者实现如第二方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法,或者实现如第四方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法,或者实现如第五方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above described in the first aspect The positioning reference signal processing method, or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the third aspect, or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the second aspect, or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the fourth aspect , or implement the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the fifth aspect.
第十七方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的定位参考信号处 理方法的步骤,或者实现如第四方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如第五方面所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the method described in the first aspect The steps of the positioning reference signal processing method, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the third aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the second aspect, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in the fourth aspect The steps of the positioning reference signal processing method, or implementing the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method as described in the fifth aspect.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带上对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, which can effectively reduce the number of unlicensed frequency band positioning. The transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构图;FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之一;FIG. 2 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之二;FIG. 3 is the second schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之三;FIG. 4 is the third schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之四;FIG. 5 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之五;FIG. 6 is the fifth schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之一;FIG. 7 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a positioning reference signal processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之二;Fig. 8 is the second structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之三;FIG. 9 is the third structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之四;FIG. 10 is the fourth structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之五;Fig. 11 is the fifth schematic structural diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的网络侧设备的结构示意图之一;FIG. 14 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the network side equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的网络侧设备的结构示意图之二。FIG. 15 is a second schematic structural diagram of a network side device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施 例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of them. All other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments in this application belong to the protection scope of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances such that the embodiments of the application are capable of operation in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein and that "first" and "second" distinguish objects. It is usually one category, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, there may be one or more first objects. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims means at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally means that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6 th Generation,6G)通信系统。 It is worth pointing out that the technology described in the embodiment of this application is not limited to the Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) system, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access, SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the above-mentioned system and radio technology, and can also be used for other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation (6 th Generation, 6G) communication system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构图。无线通信系统包括终端11、接入网设备12和核心网设备13。其中,终端11也可以称作终端设备或者用户终端(User Equipment,UE),终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)或车 载设备(VUE)、行人终端(PUE)等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装、游戏机等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。接入网设备12也可以称为无线接入网设备或无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN),接入网设备12可以为基站,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、B节点、演进型B节点(eNB)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、WLAN接入点、WiFi节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例,但是并不限定基站的具体类型。核心网设备13也可以称为核心网(Core Network,CN)或5G核心(5G core,5GC)网,核心网设备13可以包含但不限于如下至少一项:核心网节点、核心网功能、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function、PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)、边缘应用服务发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function,EASDF)、应用功能(Application Function,AF)、位置服务器等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以5G系统中的核心网设备为例,但是并不限定此为限。FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 , an access network device 12 and a core network device 13 . Wherein, the terminal 11 can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), Pedestrian Terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart feet) bracelets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, game consoles, etc. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11 . The access network device 12 may also be called a wireless access network device or a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), and the access network device 12 may be a base station, and the base station may be called a node B, an evolved node B, an access network Point, Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Radio Base Station, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (Extended Service Set, ESS), B Node, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, WLAN access point, WiFi node, Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved , the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is taken as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited. The core network device 13 may also be called a core network (Core Network, CN) or a 5G core (5G core, 5GC) network, and the core network device 13 may include but not limited to at least one of the following: a core network node, a core network function, a mobile Management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access management function (Access Management Function, AMF), session management function (Session Management Function, SMF), user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF), policy control function (Policy Control Function, PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Server Discovery Function (EASDF), Application Function (Application Function, AF), location server, etc. . It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, only the core network equipment in the 5G system is taken as an example, but it is not limited thereto.
利用非授权频段的载波传输定位参考信号能够进一步提高定位的精度。非授权频段PRS的传输主要会受到LBT的影响。因此,为了提高定位时PRS发送成功的几率,可能需要引入PRS候选位置的概念。即,在多个候选位置发送PRS,那么即使某些候选位置由于LBT未成功不能发送PRS,剩下的候选位置也会有发送PRS的机会。Using the carrier of the unlicensed frequency band to transmit the positioning reference signal can further improve the positioning accuracy. The transmission of PRS in the unlicensed frequency band is mainly affected by LBT. Therefore, in order to increase the probability of successful PRS transmission during positioning, it may be necessary to introduce the concept of PRS candidate positions. That is, if PRS is sent at multiple candidate locations, even if some candidate locations cannot send PRS due to LBT failure, the remaining candidate locations will have the opportunity to send PRS.
在频率维度上,由于定位中PRS带宽较大,受LBT基本带宽的限制,PRS带宽必然也需要分不同的带宽进行LBT及发送。首先,为了减少UE对频域LBT盲检的次数,以及减小LBT指示的开销,可以为PRS定义专门的子带subband。PRS专门的subband可以比常规LBT带宽大一些,基站可以按照PRS subband为粒度进行LBT和/或发送PRS。另一方面,考虑到定位中PRS可以来自多个基站,多个基站PRS LBT成功的subband及实际传输的PRS带宽可能会不同,那么这一定会对定位频率层的假设产生影响,如何影响还需要进一步讨论。其中,PRS带宽一般在定位频率层中配置,也可以理解为定位频率层的带宽,由LPP高层参数‘dl-PRS-ResourceBandwidth-r16’配置。LBT带宽为一般为基站或终端在频率维度上做LBT的基本带宽,一般为20MHz。而PRS子带可以理解为PRS带宽的进一步分块,每块带宽为PRS子带。In the frequency dimension, due to the large PRS bandwidth in positioning and the limitation of the basic bandwidth of LBT, the PRS bandwidth must also be divided into different bandwidths for LBT and transmission. First of all, in order to reduce the frequency-domain LBT blind detection times of the UE and reduce the overhead of LBT indication, a special subband can be defined for the PRS. The subband dedicated to PRS can be larger than the conventional LBT bandwidth, and the base station can perform LBT and/or send PRS according to the granularity of the PRS subband. On the other hand, considering that the PRS in positioning can come from multiple base stations, the successful subband of multiple base station PRS LBT and the actual transmission bandwidth of PRS may be different, then this will definitely affect the assumption of the positioning frequency layer. further discussion. Among them, the PRS bandwidth is generally configured in the positioning frequency layer, and can also be understood as the bandwidth of the positioning frequency layer, which is configured by the LPP high-level parameter 'dl-PRS-ResourceBandwidth-r16'. The LBT bandwidth is generally the basic bandwidth for the base station or terminal to perform LBT in the frequency dimension, and is generally 20MHz. The PRS sub-bands can be understood as further blocks of the PRS bandwidth, and each block of bandwidth is a PRS sub-band.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法进行详细地说明。The positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below through some embodiments and application scenarios with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之一,如图2所示,该方法包括以下步骤:Fig. 2 is one of the flow diagrams of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 2, the method includes the following steps:
步骤200、第一终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作; Step 200, the first terminal performs the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following:
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;Detecting a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband;
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
本申请方案中,下行定位参考信号为用于定位的下行参考信号,下行定位参考信号包括PRS,以及其他用于定位的参考信号,包含但不限于信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS),同步信号块(Synchronization Signal and PBCH Block,SSB),追踪参考信号(Tracking Reference Signal,TRS),解调参考信号(D下行定位参考信号emodulation reference signal,DMRS)至少之一。值得指出的是,本申请实施例仅以PRS 为例对定位参考信号处理方法做示例性说明,其他用于定位的下行参考信号的实现方式亦可参照相同方式实现,故不再一一举例说明。In the scheme of this application, the downlink positioning reference signal is a downlink reference signal for positioning, and the downlink positioning reference signal includes PRS and other reference signals for positioning, including but not limited to Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSIRS) , CSI-RS), synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal and PBCH Block, SSB), tracking reference signal (Tracking Reference Signal, TRS), demodulation reference signal (D downlink positioning reference signal emulation reference signal, DMRS) at least one. It is worth pointing out that the embodiment of this application only uses PRS as an example to illustrate the positioning reference signal processing method. Other downlink reference signal implementation methods for positioning can also be realized in the same way, so no more examples will be given. .
可以理解的是,第一终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带检测下行定位参考信号是否存在,和/或,在至少一个子带处理下行定位参考信号。It can be understood that, according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, the first terminal detects whether the downlink positioning reference signal exists in at least one subband, and/or processes the downlink positioning in at least one subband reference signal.
可选地,在非授权频段,第一终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作。Optionally, in the unlicensed frequency band, the first terminal performs the first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal.
其中,PRS不限于Uu的PRS,旁链路(Sidelink)的PRS。Wherein, the PRS is not limited to the PRS of Uu and the PRS of the sidelink (Sidelink).
本申请中的子带即下行定位参考信号子带,可以是平均分配的子带,也可以是滑动的子带。The subbands in this application are downlink positioning reference signal subbands, which may be equally distributed subbands or sliding subbands.
其中,每个下行定位参考信号子带代表一次频域连续的下行定位参考信号传输机会。即UE应假设PRS子带中要么无PRS发送,要么是连续的PRS发送,不存在非连续PRS发送的情形。例如:若PRS子带包含了多个LBT带宽,只有多个LBT带宽均LBT成功,才会发送PRS。Wherein, each downlink positioning reference signal subband represents a continuous downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the frequency domain. That is, the UE should assume that there is either no PRS transmission in the PRS subband, or continuous PRS transmission, and there is no situation of discontinuous PRS transmission. For example: if the PRS sub-band contains multiple LBT bandwidths, the PRS will be sent only if all the LBT bandwidths are successful in LBT.
下行定位参考信号带宽包括至少一个下行定位参考信号子带。或者,定位频率层带宽包括至少一个下行定位参考信号子带。The downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth includes at least one downlink positioning reference signal subband. Alternatively, the positioning frequency layer bandwidth includes at least one downlink positioning reference signal subband.
可选地,所述子带配置信息可以由网络设备配置,网络设备预配置,第二终端配置,第二终端预配置,协议约定,或者协议预定义。例如,通过LTE定位协议(LTE Positioning Protocol,LPP)配置,或者Sidelink中的资源池配置获得。Optionally, the subband configuration information may be configured by the network device, pre-configured by the network device, configured by the second terminal, pre-configured by the second terminal, agreed by a protocol, or predefined by a protocol. For example, it can be obtained through LTE Positioning Protocol (LTE Positioning Protocol, LPP) configuration, or resource pool configuration in Sidelink.
其中,所述网络设备可以是第一网络设备,如位置服务器,或者,第二网络设备,如基站。第二终端是Sidelink中的另一个UE,或者路侧单元(Road Side Unit,RSU),或者Sidelink中的控制节点。Wherein, the network device may be a first network device, such as a location server, or a second network device, such as a base station. The second terminal is another UE in Sidelink, or a Road Side Unit (Road Side Unit, RSU), or a control node in Sidelink.
可选地,在至少一个子带检测到PRS后,第一终端在至少一个子带上对PRS进行处理。可选地,处理也可以等价于测量。Optionally, after detecting the PRS on at least one subband, the first terminal processes the PRS on at least one subband. Alternatively, processing can also be equivalent to measuring.
可选地,对PRS进行处理可以为先将PRS缓存下来,再进行频域计算。或者,同时缓存和处理,或者直接处理。Optionally, processing the PRS may be to cache the PRS first, and then perform frequency domain calculation. Alternatively, cache and process at the same time, or process directly.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带上对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, which can effectively reduce the number of unlicensed frequency band positioning. The transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述子带配置信息,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
子带带宽;subband bandwidth;
子带数目;number of subbands;
子带标识。Subband ID.
可选地,子带带宽包含整数倍个子带。例如,可以默认(协议约定)子带带宽包含的子带数为1,PRS带宽等于子带带宽。此时,PRS子带配置可缺省。Optionally, the subband bandwidth includes an integer multiple of subbands. For example, the number of subbands included in the subband bandwidth may be 1 by default (protocol agreement), and the PRS bandwidth is equal to the subband bandwidth. At this time, the PRS subband configuration can be defaulted.
可选地,子带带宽为N个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)。例如,以4个PRB为粒度对PRS进行检测和/或处理。Optionally, the subband bandwidth is N physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB). For example, the PRS is detected and/or processed at a granularity of 4 PRBs.
可选地,子带带宽为LBT带宽的整数倍或者等于LBT带宽。例如:可以默认PRS子带带宽为LBT带宽。此时,PRS子带配置可缺省。Optionally, the subband bandwidth is an integer multiple of the LBT bandwidth or equal to the LBT bandwidth. For example: the bandwidth of the PRS subband may be the bandwidth of the LBT by default. At this time, the PRS subband configuration can be defaulted.
可选地,配置子带数目时可以不配置子带的带宽。Optionally, when configuring the number of subbands, the bandwidth of the subbands may not be configured.
子带标识即下行定位参考信号子带的标识,例如,频域位置最低的子带标识为0,最高的为N-1(假设子带数为N);N个子带从低到高排列,频域位置不重叠,且相邻的子带频域连续。The subband identifier is the identifier of the downlink positioning reference signal subband. For example, the subband identifier with the lowest frequency domain position is 0, and the highest is N-1 (assuming that the number of subbands is N); the N subbands are arranged from low to high, The frequency domain positions do not overlap, and adjacent subbands are continuous in frequency domain.
可选地,所述带宽配置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the bandwidth configuration information includes at least one of the following:
PRS带宽;PRS bandwidth;
PRS起始带宽位置;PRS starting bandwidth position;
PRS子载波间隔(subcarrier space,SCS);PRS subcarrier spacing (subcarrier space, SCS);
PRS中心频点;PRS center frequency point;
定位频率层参考点A(pointA)。Locate the frequency layer reference point A (pointA).
可选地,所述对至少一个子带上的PRS进行检测和/或处理,包括:Optionally, the detecting and/or processing the PRS on at least one subband includes:
在每个下行定位参考信号候选位置上以子带为粒度,检测和/或处理下行定位参考信号;Detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal at each downlink positioning reference signal candidate position at the subband granularity;
其中,一个下行定位参考信号候选位置代表一次时域上的下行定位参考信号传输机会。Wherein, one downlink positioning reference signal candidate position represents a downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the time domain.
其中,一个PRS候选位置代表一次时域上(时间连续)的PRS传输机会。Wherein, a PRS candidate position represents a PRS transmission opportunity in the time domain (time continuous).
PRS候选位置可以称为PRS时域候选位置。PRS时域候选位置可以每个定位频率层(per positioning frequency layer)配置,每个TRP(per TRP)配置,每个PRS资源集(per PRS resource set)配置,每个PRS资源(per PRS resource)配置,每个UE(per UE)配置,或者每个UE组(per UE group)配置。The PRS candidate positions may be referred to as PRS temporal candidate positions. PRS time domain candidate positions can be configured per positioning frequency layer, per TRP (per TRP), per PRS resource set (per PRS resource set), and per PRS resource (per PRS resource) Configuration, per UE (per UE) configuration, or per UE group (per UE group) configuration.
或者,PRS时域候选位置与子带配置一致。即,子带配置也是每个定位频率层(per positioning frequency layer)配置,每个TRP(per TRP)配置,每个PRS资源集(per PRS resource set)配置,每个PRS资源(per PRS resource)配置,每个UE(per UE)配置,或者每个UE组(per UE group)配置。与PRS时域候选位置配置一致。Alternatively, the PRS time domain candidate positions are consistent with the subband configuration. That is, the subband configuration is also per positioning frequency layer (per positioning frequency layer) configuration, each TRP (per TRP) configuration, each PRS resource set (per PRS resource set) configuration, and each PRS resource (per PRS resource) Configuration, per UE (per UE) configuration, or per UE group (per UE group) configuration. It is consistent with the PRS time domain candidate location configuration.
若PRS为周期性,则一个PRS周期包含至少一个PRS时域候选位置。If the PRS is periodic, a PRS period includes at least one PRS time domain candidate position.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,以子带为粒度,在至少一个子带上对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,在提高了非授权频段终端接收定位参考信号的成功率,同时可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, with subbands as the granularity. The success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band is improved, and at the same time, the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band can be effectively reduced in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位(per positioning frequency layer)配置,或以发送接收点为单位(per TRP)配置,或以定位参考信号资源集为单位(per PRS resource set)配置,或以定位参考信号资源(per PRS resource)为单位配置,或以终端为单位(per UE)配置,或以终端组为单位(per UE group)配置。Optionally, the subband configuration information is configured in units of positioning frequency layers (per positioning frequency layer), or configured in units of transmitting and receiving points (per TRP), or configured in units of positioning reference signal resource sets (per PRS resource set) configuration, or in units of positioning reference signal resources (per PRS resource), or in units of terminals (per UE), or in units of terminal groups (per UE group).
其中,以终端为单位(per UE)配置,或以终端组为单位(per UE group)配置适用于sidelink定位。Among them, configuration in units of terminals (per UE) or configurations in units of terminal groups (per UE group) is applicable to sidelink positioning.
可选地,子带配置信息以上述某个单位进行配置,可以通过在子带配置信息中携带对应单位的标识表示。Optionally, the subband configuration information is configured in one of the above units, which may be indicated by carrying an identifier of the corresponding unit in the subband configuration information.
可选地,在所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位配置的情况下,所述 定位频率层满足以下至少一项:Optionally, when the subband configuration information is configured in units of a positioning frequency layer, the positioning frequency layer satisfies at least one of the following:
定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号的子带配置相同;The subband configurations of the downlink positioning reference signals in the positioning frequency layer are the same;
下行定位参考信号的定位频率层参考点point A,子载波间隔SCS,带宽相同;The positioning frequency layer reference point point A of the downlink positioning reference signal, the subcarrier spacing SCS, and the same bandwidth;
定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或者不同;The actual bandwidth and/or actual subband position of the downlink positioning reference signal in the positioning frequency layer are the same or different;
同一个定位频率层内,不同周期或不同PRS候选位置对应的PRS实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或不同。In the same positioning frequency layer, the actual PRS bandwidth and/or actual sub-band positions corresponding to different periods or different PRS candidate positions are the same or different.
可选地,(UE应假设)定位频率层中不同发送端(如不同的TRP或不同的UE)的PRS的子带配置相同。Optionally, (the UE should assume) that the PRS subband configurations of different transmitting ends (such as different TRPs or different UEs) in the positioning frequency layer are the same.
子带配置相同包括以下至少一项:子带带宽相同,子带的频域位置相同,子带数目相同。The same subband configuration includes at least one of the following items: the same subband bandwidth, the same frequency domain position of the subbands, and the same number of subbands.
其中,PRS实际带宽为LBT成功后,实际PRS发送的带宽。Wherein, the actual bandwidth of the PRS is the bandwidth of the actual PRS transmission after the LBT succeeds.
可选地,定位频率层中不同发送端的PRS实际带宽和/或实际子带位置不同。Optionally, different PRS actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of different sending ends in the positioning frequency layer are different.
可选地,同一个定位频率层中不同发送端的PRS实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同。Optionally, the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the PRSs of different transmitting ends in the same positioning frequency layer are the same.
可选地,同一个定位频率层内,不同周期或不同PRS候选位置对应的PRS实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或不同是指:同一个定位频率层内,同一发送端,不同周期或不同PRS候选位置对应的PRS实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同,或者,可以不相同。Optionally, in the same positioning frequency layer, the PRS actual bandwidth and/or actual subband positions corresponding to different periods or different PRS candidate positions are the same or different means: in the same positioning frequency layer, the same sending end, different periods or PRS actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions corresponding to different PRS candidate positions are the same, or may be different.
在本申请实施例中,考虑了定位中PRS可以来自多个基站,多个基站PRS LBT成功的subband及实际传输的PRS带宽可能会不同,对定位频率层的假设所产生的影响。In the embodiment of the present application, it is considered that the PRS may come from multiple base stations during positioning, and the successful subbands of the PRS LBT of multiple base stations and the actual transmission bandwidth of the PRS may be different, which has an impact on the assumption of the positioning frequency layer.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以下行定位参考信号带宽或先听后说LBT带宽为粒度对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理。In the case that the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the downlink positioning reference signal is detected and/or processed at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or listen-before-talk LBT bandwidth.
即在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以PRS带宽或LBT带宽为粒度对PRS进行检测和/或处理。That is, when the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the PRS is detected and/or processed at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth.
可选地,以PRS带宽或LBT带宽为粒度对PRS进行检测和/或处理可以由协议约定,网络指示(如1bit指示),或者终端自主确定。Optionally, the detection and/or processing of the PRS at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth may be stipulated by the protocol, indicated by the network (for example, indicated by 1 bit), or independently determined by the terminal.
无子带配置还可以理解为:子带带宽等于PRS带宽,或者子带带宽等于LBT带宽时,可以默认没有子带配置。No subband configuration can also be understood as: when the subband bandwidth is equal to the PRS bandwidth, or the subband bandwidth is equal to the LBT bandwidth, there may be no subband configuration by default.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性;receiving first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands;
所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理,包括:The processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
根据所述第一指示信息,处理至少一个可用子带上的下行定位参考信号。Process the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband according to the first indication information.
可选地,第一终端接收第一指示信息,根据所述第一指示信息,确定至少一个可用子带,检测和/或处理至少一个可用子带上的PRS。Optionally, the first terminal receives the first indication information, determines at least one available subband according to the first indication information, and detects and/or processes the PRS on the at least one available subband.
可选地,第一终端根据PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,确定至少一个子带,对所述至少一个子带上的PRS进行检测;根据所述第一指示信息,从所述至少一个子带中确定至少一个可用子带,处理至少一个可用子带上的PRS。Optionally, the first terminal determines at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the PRS, and detects the PRS on the at least one subband; according to the first indication information, from the Determine at least one available subband in the at least one subband, and process the PRS on the at least one available subband.
其中,所述子带的可用性与LBT成功与否有关。Wherein, the availability of the sub-band is related to whether the LBT is successful or not.
进一步地,可以以位图bitmap的形式表示PRS子带的可用性。Bitmap长度等于PRS子带数,bitmap中bit为‘1’表示PRS子带可用(PRS子带LBT成功),为‘0’表示PRS子带不可用(PRS子带LBT不成功)。Further, the availability of the PRS subbands may be represented in the form of a bitmap. The length of the Bitmap is equal to the number of PRS subbands. The bit in the bitmap is '1' indicating that the PRS subband is available (PRS subband LBT is successful), and '0' indicates that the PRS subband is not available (PRS subband LBT is unsuccessful).
可选地,所述第一指示信息的有效时间或有效期为以下至少之一:Optionally, the validity time or validity period of the first indication information is at least one of the following:
一个候选位置的持续时间;the duration of a candidate position;
一个周期的多个候选位置持续时间;Multiple candidate position durations for one cycle;
信道占用时间COT持续时间Duration之内;Within the channel occupation time COT duration Duration;
COT duration内指示为下行(Downlink,DL)和/或灵活(flexible)符号。The COT duration is indicated as a downlink (Downlink, DL) and/or flexible (flexible) symbol.
可选地,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送接收点TRP标识;Sending and receiving point TRP identification;
定位频率层positioning frequency layer标识;Positioning frequency layer identification of positioning frequency layer;
终端UE标识;terminal UE identification;
终端组UE group标识;terminal group UE group identifier;
下行定位参考信号资源PRS resource标识;Downlink positioning reference signal resource PRS resource identifier;
下行定位参考信号资源集PRS resource set标识。Downlink positioning reference signal resource set PRS resource set identifier.
可选地,所述第一指示信息用于指示一个所述标识对应的定位参考信号的子带可用性。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate the subband availability of a positioning reference signal corresponding to the identifier.
可选地,所述第一指示信息还可以指示多个所述标识对应的定位参考信号的子带可用性。Optionally, the first indication information may also indicate subband availability of multiple positioning reference signals corresponding to the identifiers.
可选地,在第一指示信息中包含多个所述标识。Optionally, multiple identifiers are included in the first indication information.
可选地,在第一指示信息中,对多个所述标识对应的子带可用性指示进行排列,每个标识对应的可用性指示处于对应的位置。终端根据该排列,获取对应标识下的子带可用性指示。可选的,所述排列可以由协议约定,网络(预)配置至少之一获得。Optionally, in the first indication information, multiple subband availability indications corresponding to the identifiers are arranged, and the availability indications corresponding to each identifier are in corresponding positions. According to the arrangement, the terminal acquires the subband availability indication under the corresponding identifier. Optionally, the arrangement may be obtained by at least one of protocol agreement and network (pre)configuration.
比如:服务基站指示多个TRP对应的子带可用性,或者时域候选位置可用性或COT指示。多个TRP LBT后,将上述信息发送至服务基站。服务基站的指示中可以携带对应的TRP ID;或者,协议约定或网络(预)配置多个TRP的排列方式,服务基站按照上述方式指示对应的TRP的子带可用性,或者时域候选位置可用性或COT指示(比如,通过group common DCI)。For example: the serving base station indicates the availability of subbands corresponding to multiple TRPs, or the availability of candidate positions in the time domain or COT indication. After multiple TRP LBTs, send the above information to the serving base station. The indication of the serving base station may carry the corresponding TRP ID; or, the protocol stipulates or the network (pre) configures the arrangement of multiple TRPs, and the serving base station indicates the subband availability of the corresponding TRP according to the above method, or the availability of candidate positions in the time domain or COT indication (eg, via group common DCI).
可选地,所述接收第一指示信息,包括以下其中之一:Optionally, the receiving the first indication information includes one of the following:
在每个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before each candidate position;
在每个周期的多个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before multiple candidate positions in each period;
缓存多个候选位置的PRS后接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information after caching the PRSs of multiple candidate positions;
在授权频段接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information in an authorized frequency band;
接收所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息承载在第二网络设备或第二终端LBT成功后的载荷payload中。The first indication information is received, where the first indication information is carried in the payload after the second network device or the second terminal succeeds in LBT.
可选地,所述第一指示信息由网络设备指示或第二终端指示。Optionally, the first indication information is indicated by a network device or indicated by a second terminal.
其中,网络指示包含但不限于无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC),媒体访问控制层控制单元(Media Access Control-Control Element,MAC CE),(Downlink Control Information,DCI),LTE定位协议LPP,广播消息至少之一;Among them, the network indication includes but not limited to radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC), media access control layer control unit (Media Access Control-Control Element, MAC CE), (Downlink Control Information, DCI), LTE positioning protocol LPP, broadcast at least one of the messages;
第二终端指示包含但不限于:第一级旁链路控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI),第二级SCI,PC5-RRC至少之一。The second terminal indication includes but is not limited to: at least one of first-level sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), second-level SCI, and PC5-RRC.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据第一指示信息,在至少一个可用子带上对PRS进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal processes the PRS on at least one available subband according to the first indication information, which can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在未接收到所述第一指示信息的情况下,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行盲检测;If the first indication information is not received, perform blind detection on downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands;
根据盲检测结果,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行处理。According to the blind detection result, the downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands are processed.
可以理解的是,若第一终端未接收到所述第一指示信息,即网络设备或第二终端未指示PRS子带的可用性,则第一终端对不同子带的PRS进行盲检测,并根据盲检测结果,对不同子带的PRS进行处理。It can be understood that if the first terminal does not receive the first indication information, that is, the network device or the second terminal does not indicate the availability of PRS subbands, then the first terminal performs blind detection on PRS of different subbands, and according to The result of blind detection is to process PRSs of different subbands.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
接收用于指示相邻子带之间是否具有相位一致性的指示信息。Indication information for indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands is received.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在相邻子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。In the case that there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands, the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands are jointly processed.
其中,联合处理也可以称为聚合处理,可以理解为:同时对多个子带的PRS进行测量,对PRS进行聚合处理,增大有效带宽。Wherein, joint processing may also be referred to as aggregation processing, which may be understood as: measuring PRSs of multiple subbands at the same time, performing aggregation processing on PRSs, and increasing effective bandwidth.
单独处理可以理解为:只是同时对多个子带的PRS进行测量,但不进行聚合处理,对各个子带的PRS分别计算,不增大有效带宽。The separate processing can be understood as: just measure the PRS of multiple subbands at the same time, but do not perform aggregation processing, and calculate the PRS of each subband separately, without increasing the effective bandwidth.
可选地,在相邻子带之间不具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的PRS进行单独处理。Optionally, if there is no phase consistency between adjacent subbands, the PRSs of adjacent subbands are processed separately.
可选地,所述用于指示相邻子带之间是否具有相位一致性的指示信息在 第一指示信息中携带。Optionally, the indication information used to indicate whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands is carried in the first indication information.
则所述处理至少一个可用子带上的下行定位参考信号,包括:Then the processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband includes:
在相邻可用子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻可用子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。In the case that there is phase consistency between the adjacent available subbands, the downlink positioning reference signals of the adjacent available subbands are jointly processed.
可选地,所述用于指示相邻子带之间是否具有相位一致性的指示信息还可以在其他信息或信令中指示,不与子带的可用性在相同的信息或信令中指示。Optionally, the indication information for indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands may also be indicated in other information or signaling, not indicated in the same information or signaling as the availability of subbands.
在本申请实施例中,终端在相邻子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的PRS进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In the embodiment of the present application, when the adjacent subbands have phase consistency, the terminal jointly processes the PRSs of the adjacent subbands, which can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在不同周期或不同候选位置对应的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置不同的情况下,第一终端不对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。If the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the downlink positioning reference signals corresponding to different periods or different candidate positions are different, the first terminal does not jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
即对于不同周期或不同候选位置的多个子带的PRS,若PRS实际带宽不同和/或实际子带位置不同,则终端不期望对所述多个子带的PRS进行联合处理。That is, for PRSs of multiple subbands of different periods or different candidate positions, if the actual bandwidths of the PRSs and/or the actual positions of the subbands are different, the terminal does not expect to jointly process the PRSs of the multiple subbands.
可选地,不同候选位置的下行定位参考信号子带传输情况相同,不同或独立;Optionally, the transmission conditions of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands at different candidate positions are the same, different or independent;
其中,所述不同候选位置为一个周期内的多个候选位置,或者一个时间窗内的多个候选位置,或者非周期下行定位参考信号对应的多个候选位置;Wherein, the different candidate positions are multiple candidate positions within one period, or multiple candidate positions within one time window, or multiple candidate positions corresponding to the aperiodic downlink positioning reference signal;
所述不同候选位置的下行定位参考信号子带传输情况与LBT结果有关。The downlink positioning reference signal subband transmission conditions of the different candidate positions are related to the LBT result.
可选地,第一终端应假设不同候选位置的PRS子带上PRS传输情况为以下之一:Optionally, the first terminal should assume that the PRS transmission conditions on the PRS subbands of different candidate positions are one of the following:
不同候选位置的PRS子带传输情况相同。例如:候选位置1的多个子带的PRS传输情况与候选位置2的多个子带的PRS传输情况相同。The transmission conditions of the PRS subbands at different candidate positions are the same. For example: the PRS transmission situation of multiple subbands in candidate position 1 is the same as the PRS transmission situation of multiple subbands in candidate position 2.
不同候选位置的PRS子带传输情况不同,包含以下之一:The PRS subband transmission conditions of different candidate positions are different, including one of the following:
(1)不同候选位置的PRS子带传输情况具有相关性,即:靠后的候选位置的PRS传输成功的子带包含靠前的候选位置PRS传输成功的子带。(1) The PRS subband transmission conditions of different candidate positions are correlated, that is, the subbands with successful PRS transmission at the later candidate positions include the subbands with successful PRS transmission at the earlier candidate positions.
例如,共有4个子带,候选位置1传输成功的子带为0,2,3;那么候选位置1之后的候选位置一定可以在0,2,3子带传输成功,可能在子带1传输成功。那么,在候选位置2,PRS传输成功的子带可以是0,2,3或者0,1,2,3。那么在候选位置2,UE仅需要在子带1检测PRS传输是否存在。For example, there are 4 subbands in total, and the subbands with successful transmission in candidate position 1 are 0, 2, and 3; then the candidate positions after candidate position 1 must be successfully transmitted in subbands 0, 2, and 3, and may be successfully transmitted in subband 1 . Then, in the candidate position 2, the subbands for which PRS transmission is successful may be 0, 2, 3 or 0, 1, 2, 3. Then in candidate position 2, the UE only needs to detect whether PRS transmission exists in subband 1.
在靠后的候选位置上,UE仅需要对PRS未传输成功过的子带上进行检测即可。In the later candidate positions, the UE only needs to detect the subbands where the PRS has not been successfully transmitted.
(2)不同候选位置的PRS子带传输情况完全独立。(2) The transmission conditions of PRS subbands at different candidate positions are completely independent.
例如:共有4个子带,候选位置1传输成功的子带为0,2,3;那么候选位置1之后的候选位置依然可能在任意子带传输成功或失败。For example: there are 4 sub-bands in total, and the sub-bands for which candidate position 1 is successfully transmitted are 0, 2, and 3; then the candidate positions after candidate position 1 may still transmit successfully or fail in any sub-band.
可选地,所述至少一个子带的频率连续。Optionally, the frequency of the at least one subband is continuous.
可选地,终端对至少一个可用子带上的PRS进行处理,所述至少一个可用子带的频率连续。限制了只有连续的子带Sub-band的PRS才能发送。Optionally, the terminal processes the PRS on at least one available subband, where the frequency of the at least one available subband is continuous. It is restricted that only the PRS of the continuous sub-band Sub-band can be sent.
可选地,在上述各实施例的基础上,所述方法还包括:Optionally, on the basis of the foregoing embodiments, the method further includes:
接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理;receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands;
所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理,包括:The processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
根据所述第二指示信息,对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。According to the second indication information, joint processing or separate processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
可选地,所述第二指示信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送接收点标识;Sending and receiving point identification;
定位频率层标识;Positioning frequency layer identification;
终端标识;terminal identification;
终端组标识;terminal group identification;
定位参考信号资源标识;Positioning reference signal resource identifier;
定位参考信号资源集标识。Positioning reference signal resource set identifier.
即,所述第二指示信息包含上述标识中的至少一项,用于指示对相应标识下的PRS子带进行联合处理还是单独处理。That is, the second indication information includes at least one of the above identifiers, and is used to indicate whether to perform joint processing or separate processing on the PRS subbands under the corresponding identifier.
可选地,所述第二指示信息可以是由网络设备指示或第二终端指示。Optionally, the second indication information may be indicated by a network device or indicated by a second terminal.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据PRS子带处理指示确实是否对多个子带的PRS进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band according to the PRS subband processing indication whether to perform joint processing on the PRS of multiple subbands.
可选地,在上述各实施例的基础上,所述方法还包括:Optionally, on the basis of the foregoing embodiments, the method further includes:
上报下行定位参考信号测量结果;其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果中包括所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指示;Reporting the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result; wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes an indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指示包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳;A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果是否经过了联合处理。Whether the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result has been jointly processed.
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果对应的定位频率层标识,或发送接收点标识,或定位参考信号资源集标识,或定位参考信号资源标识,或终端标识,或终端组标识。The positioning frequency layer identifier corresponding to the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result, or the sending and receiving point identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource set identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource identifier, or the terminal identifier, or the terminal group identifier.
可选地,上报PRS测量结果;其中,所述PRS测量结果中包括所述PRS测量结果关联的PRS子带的指示;Optionally, report the PRS measurement result; wherein, the PRS measurement result includes an indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result;
其中,所述PRS测量结果关联的PRS子带的指示包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result includes at least one of the following:
PRS子带标识;PRS subband identification;
PRS候选位置标识;PRS candidate location identification;
所述PRS测量结果关联的时间戳time stamp;The time stamp time stamp associated with the PRS measurement result;
所述PRS测量结果是否经过了联合处理;Whether the PRS measurement results have been jointly processed;
PRS测量结果对应的定位频率层标识,或发送接收点标识,或定位参考 信号资源集标识,或定位参考信号资源标识,或终端标识,或终端组标识。The identification of the positioning frequency layer corresponding to the PRS measurement result, or the identification of the sending and receiving point, or the identification of the positioning reference signal resource set, or the identification of the positioning reference signal resource, or the identification of the terminal, or the identification of the terminal group.
其中,PRS子带标识表示所述测量结果是根据这些/个PRS子带计算获得。Wherein, the PRS subband identifier indicates that the measurement result is calculated and obtained based on these/a PRS subband.
PRS时域候选位置标识表示所述测量结果是根据这些/个PRS时域候选位置的PRS计算获得。The PRS time-domain candidate position identifier indicates that the measurement result is obtained according to the PRS calculation of these/one PRS time-domain candidate position.
可选地,上报的测量结果还可以指示是否经过了聚合处理。比如多个PRS子带,存在频域不连续的子带,UE是否对频域不连续的子带进行了聚合处理。Optionally, the reported measurement result may also indicate whether aggregation processing has been performed. For example, multiple PRS subbands have discontinuous subbands in the frequency domain, and whether the UE performs aggregation processing on the discontinuous subbands in the frequency domain.
本申请实施例提高了非授权频段终端接收定位参考信号的成功率并减少了非授权频段定位参考信号的传输开销。The embodiment of the present application improves the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band and reduces the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band.
图3为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之二,如图3所示,该方法包括:Fig. 3 is the second schematic flow diagram of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 3, the method includes:
步骤300、第二网络设备根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。 Step 300, the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
本申请方案中,下行定位参考信号为用于定位的参考信号,包括PRS以及其他用于定位的参考信号。本申请实施例仅以PRS为例对定位参考信号处理方法做示例性说明,其他用于定位的参考信号的实现方式亦可参照相同方式实现,故不再一一举例说明。In the solution of this application, the downlink positioning reference signal is a reference signal for positioning, including PRS and other reference signals for positioning. The embodiment of the present application only uses the PRS as an example to illustrate the positioning reference signal processing method. Other reference signal implementation methods for positioning can also be realized in the same manner, so examples will not be described one by one.
可选地,第二网络设备为服务基站和/或邻区基站。Optionally, the second network device is a serving base station and/or a neighboring cell base station.
可选地,所述子带配置信息,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
子带带宽;subband bandwidth;
子带数目;number of subbands;
子带标识。Subband ID.
可选地,所述带宽配置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the bandwidth configuration information includes at least one of the following:
PRS带宽;PRS bandwidth;
PRS起始带宽位置;PRS starting bandwidth position;
PRS子载波间隔;PRS subcarrier spacing;
PRS中心频点;PRS center frequency point;
定位频率层参考点A pointA。Locate frequency layer reference point A pointA.
可选地,定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息可以通过以下方式之一确定:Optionally, the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS may be determined in one of the following ways:
子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息为预配置或预定义;The subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information is preconfigured or predefined;
第二网络设备确定子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,将子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备,第一网络设备再配置给第一终端;The second network device determines subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device, and the first network device then configures the first terminal;
第一网络设备确定多组子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,将多组子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备。第二网络设备决定特定的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,反馈至第一网络设备,再由第一网络设备发送子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息至第一终端。The first network device determines multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second network device. The second network device determines specific subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, feeds it back to the first network device, and then the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first terminal.
可选地,第二网络设备根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带进行先听后说LBT。Optionally, the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS.
可选地,第二网络设备根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带先进行先听后说LBT,若侦听到信道为空,即LBT成功,则在相应的子带发送定位参考信号。Optionally, the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, and if the detected channel is empty, that is, the LBT is successful, then Positioning reference signals are transmitted in corresponding subbands.
在本申请实施例中,第二网络设备根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the application, the second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, or sends the PRS after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band The transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述在LBT成功后发送PRS,包括:Optionally, the sending the PRS after the LBT succeeds includes:
在下行定位参考信号子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且下行定位参考信号子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,发送下行定位参考信号。In a case where the downlink positioning reference signal subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the downlink positioning reference signal subband range have LBT successfully, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
可选地,在PRS子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且PRS子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,发送PRS。即,第二网络设备只有在PRS子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,才发送PRS。Optionally, when the PRS subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the PRS subband range have LBT successfully, the PRS is sent. That is, the second network device sends the PRS only when all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS subband range are successfully LBTed.
可选地,所述进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, includes:
以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度,进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS。Perform LBT at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or send a PRS after the LBT succeeds.
可选地,第二网络设备以PRS子带为粒度进行LBT和/或发送PRS,一次(同时)至少发送一个子带的PRS。Optionally, the second network device performs LBT and/or sends PRS at the granularity of PRS subbands, and sends PRS of at least one subband at a time (simultaneously).
可选地,若PRS子带带宽与LBT带宽相同(比如:默认无PRS子带配置的一种case),第二网络设备以LBT带宽为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS。Optionally, if the PRS subband bandwidth is the same as the LBT bandwidth (for example: a case with no PRS subband configuration by default), the second network device performs LBT at the granularity of the LBT bandwidth, or sends a PRS after the LBT is successful.
可选地,若PRS子带带宽与PRS带宽相同(比如:默认无PRS子带配置另一种case),第二网络设备以PRS带宽为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS。即,只有PRS带宽内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功,第二网络设备才能发送PRS。Optionally, if the PRS subband bandwidth is the same as the PRS bandwidth (for example, another case is configured without a PRS subband by default), the second network device performs LBT at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth, or sends a PRS after the LBT is successful. That is, the second network device can send the PRS only if all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS bandwidth are LBT successfully.
可选地,多个PRS子带LBT成功,只有当多个子带频域连续时,第二网络设备发送PRS。Optionally, the LBT of multiple PRS subbands is successful, and only when the frequency domains of the multiple PRS subbands are continuous, the second network device sends the PRS.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
将下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息上报至第一网络设备;Reporting the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳。A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
将PRS传输成功子带信息上报至第一网络设备;Reporting the successful subband information of the PRS transmission to the first network device;
其中,所述PRS传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the PRS transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
PRS子带标识;PRS subband identification;
PRS候选位置标识;PRS candidate location identification;
所述PRS测量结果关联的时间戳。The timestamp associated with the PRS measurement result.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在第二网络设备确定所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息的情况下,第 二网络设备将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备。When the second network device determines the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, the second network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
即,若第二网络设备自主确定PRS子带配置,第二网络设备将子带配置信息发送至第一网络设备(如位置服务器)。That is, if the second network device independently determines the PRS subband configuration, the second network device sends the subband configuration information to the first network device (such as a location server).
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,第二网络设备以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度,进行LBT,或者LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。If the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the second network device performs LBT at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after successful LBT.
可以理解,若无PRS子带配置(比如默认无PRS子带配置时),第二网络设备按照PRS带宽进行LBT和/或发送PRS,或者按照LBT带宽进行LBT带宽和/或发送PRS。It can be understood that if there is no PRS subband configuration (for example, when there is no PRS subband configuration by default), the second network device performs LBT and/or sends PRS according to the PRS bandwidth, or performs LBT bandwidth and/or sends PRS according to the LBT bandwidth.
可选的,第二网络设备以PRS带宽或LBT带宽为粒度进行LBT或LBT成功后发送PRS的行为可以由第一网络设备指示,协议约定或自主确定。Optionally, the behavior of the second network device performing LBT at the granularity of PRS bandwidth or LBT bandwidth or sending PRS after LBT is successful may be instructed by the first network device, agreed upon in a protocol, or determined independently.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第一指示信息;the second network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。The first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
一种实施方式中,第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备指示子带的可用性。In an implementation manner, the second network device indicates the availability of subbands to the first terminal and/or the first network device.
一种实施方式中,第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。若第二网络设备向第一终端指示了相邻的子带具有相位一致性,第一终端会对多个相邻可用子带的PRS进行联合处理。In an implementation manner, the second network device indicates to the first terminal and/or the first network device the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency. If the second network device indicates to the first terminal that adjacent subbands have phase consistency, the first terminal will jointly process the PRSs of multiple adjacent available subbands.
在本申请实施例中,第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送PRS子带的可用性指示,可以使得终端根据PRS子带的可用性指示,在至少一个可用子带上对PRS进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the second network device sends the PRS subband availability indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, which may enable the terminal to perform PRS subbands on at least one available subband according to the PRS subband availability indication. The processing can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;the second network device sends second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送PRS子带处理指示,可以使得第一终端根据PRS子带处理指示确实是否对多个子带的PRS进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the second network device sends the PRS subband processing instruction to the first terminal and/or the first network device, which can make the first terminal determine whether to combine the PRS of multiple subbands according to the PRS subband processing instruction. Processing can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band.
图4为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之三。如图4所示,该方法包括:FIG. 4 is a third schematic flowchart of a positioning reference signal processing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
步骤400、第二终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。 Step 400, the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
在本申请实施例中,第二终端可以是Sidelink中的另一个UE,或者RSU,或者Sidelink中的控制节点。In this embodiment of the present application, the second terminal may be another UE in the Sidelink, or an RSU, or a control node in the Sidelink.
可选地,所述子带配置信息,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
子带带宽;subband bandwidth;
子带数目;number of subbands;
子带标识。Subband ID.
可选地,所述带宽配置信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the bandwidth configuration information includes at least one of the following:
PRS带宽;PRS bandwidth;
PRS起始带宽位置;PRS starting bandwidth position;
PRS子载波间隔;PRS subcarrier spacing;
PRS中心频点;PRS center frequency point;
定位频率层参考点A pointA。Locate frequency layer reference point A pointA.
可选地,定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息可以通过以下方式之一确定:Optionally, the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS may be determined in one of the following ways:
子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息为预配置或预定义;The subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information is preconfigured or predefined;
第二终端确定子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,将子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备,第一网络设备再配置给第一终端;The second terminal determines subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device, and the first network device reconfigures it to the first terminal;
第一网络设备确定多组子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,将多组子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二终端。第二终端决定特定的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,反馈至第一网络设备,再由第一网络设备发送子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息至第一终端。The first network device determines multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second terminal. The second terminal determines specific subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, feeds it back to the first network device, and then the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first terminal.
可选地,第二终端根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带进行先听后说LBT。Optionally, the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS.
可选地,第二终端根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带先进行先听后说LBT,若侦听到信道为空,即LBT成功,则在相应的子带发送定位参考信号。Optionally, according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT on at least one subband, and if it detects that the channel is empty, that is, the LBT is successful, then in The corresponding subbands transmit positioning reference signals.
在本申请实施例中,第二终端根据定位参考信号PRS的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the positioning reference signal PRS, or sends the PRS after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning. The transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号S,包括:Optionally, the sending the downlink positioning reference signal S after the LBT succeeds includes:
在下行定位参考信号子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且下行定位参考信号子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,第二终端发送下行定位参考信号。In a case where the downlink positioning reference signal subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the downlink positioning reference signal subband range have LBT successfully, the second terminal sends the downlink positioning reference signal.
即,第二终端只有在PRS子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,才发送PRS。That is, the second terminal sends the PRS only when all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS subband range are successfully LBTed.
可选地,所述发送进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS,包括:Optionally, the sending is performed by listening first and speaking LBT, or sending a PRS after the LBT is successful, including:
以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度,进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The downlink positioning reference signal subband is used as a granularity to perform LBT, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
可选地,第二终端以PRS子带为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后以PRS子带为粒度发送PRS,一次(同时)至少发送一个子带的PRS。Optionally, the second terminal performs LBT at the granularity of the PRS subbands, or sends the PRS at the granularity of the PRS subbands after the LBT is successful, and sends the PRS of at least one subband at a time (simultaneously).
可选地,若PRS子带带宽与LBT带宽相同(比如:默认无PRS子带配 置的一种case),第二终端以LBT带宽为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS。Optionally, if the PRS subband bandwidth is the same as the LBT bandwidth (for example: a case with no PRS subband configuration by default), the second terminal performs LBT at the granularity of the LBT bandwidth, or sends a PRS after the LBT is successful.
可选地,若PRS子带带宽与PRS带宽相同(比如:默认无PRS子带配置另一种case),第二终端以PRS带宽为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送PRS。即,只有PRS带宽内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功,第二终端才能发送PRS。Optionally, if the PRS sub-band bandwidth is the same as the PRS bandwidth (for example, another case where there is no PRS sub-band configuration by default), the second terminal performs LBT at the granularity of the PRS bandwidth, or sends the PRS after the LBT is successful. That is, the second terminal can send the PRS only if all the LBT bandwidths within the PRS bandwidth are LBT successfully.
可选地,多个PRS子带LBT成功,只有当多个子带频域连续时,第二终端发送PRS。Optionally, the LBT of multiple PRS subbands succeeds, and only when the frequency domains of the multiple PRS subbands are continuous, the second terminal sends the PRS.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二终端将下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息上报至第一网络设备;The second terminal reports the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳。A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在第二终端确定所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息的情况下,第二终端将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备。When the second terminal determines the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, the second terminal sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
即,若第二终端自主确定PRS子带配置,第二终端将子带配置信息发送至第一网络设备(如位置服务器)。That is, if the second terminal independently determines the PRS subband configuration, the second terminal sends the subband configuration information to the first network device (such as a location server).
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,第二终端以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度,进行LBT或LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。If the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the second terminal sends the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth as granularity, and sends the downlink positioning reference signal after performing LBT or LBT successfully.
可以理解,若无PRS子带配置(比如默认无PRS子带配置时),第二终端按照PRS带宽进行LBT和/或发送PRS,或者按照LBT带宽进行LBT带宽和/或发送PRS。It can be understood that if there is no PRS subband configuration (for example, when there is no PRS subband configuration by default), the second terminal performs LBT and/or sends PRS according to the PRS bandwidth, or performs LBT bandwidth and/or sends PRS according to the LBT bandwidth.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第一指示信息;the second terminal sends the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示下行定位参考信号子带的可用性,或者,Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or,
所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。The first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
可选地,相邻子带是否具有相位一致还可以单独的在另外的信息或信令中指示,不一定与可用性在相同的信息或信令中指示。Optionally, whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency may also be indicated separately in other information or signaling, not necessarily indicated in the same information or signaling as availability.
一种实施方式中,第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备指示子带的可用性。In an implementation manner, the second terminal indicates the availability of the subband to the first terminal and/or the first network device.
一种实施方式中,第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。若第二终端指示了相邻的子带具有相位一致性,第一终端会对多个子带的PRS进行联合处理。In an implementation manner, the second terminal indicates to the first terminal and/or the first network device the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency. If the second terminal indicates that adjacent subbands have phase consistency, the first terminal will jointly process the PRSs of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送PRS子带的可用性指示,可以使得终端根据PRS子带的可用性指示,在至少一个可用子带上对PRS进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the second terminal sends the availability indication of the PRS subband to the first terminal and/or the first network device, so that the terminal performs PRS on at least one available subband according to the availability indication of the PRS subband. Processing can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;the second terminal sends second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送PRS子带处理指示,可以使得终端根据PRS子带处理指示确实是否对多个子带的PRS进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the second terminal sends the PRS subband processing instruction to the first terminal and/or the first network device, so that the terminal can determine whether to jointly process the PRS of multiple subbands according to the PRS subband processing instruction. The frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands is further reduced.
图5为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之四。如图5所示,该方法包括:FIG. 5 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a positioning reference signal processing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
步骤500、第一网络设备将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽 配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。 Step 500, the first network device sends subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
可选的,第一网络设备为位置服务器。Optionally, the first network device is a location server.
位置服务器可以是定位管理功能(Location Management Function,LMF)网元或演进服务移动定位中心(Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center,E-SMLC)或其他具有位置计算功能的服务器。The location server can be a location management function (Location Management Function, LMF) network element or an Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center (Evolved Serving Mobile Location Center, E-SMLC) or other servers with a location calculation function.
可选地,第一网络设备确定子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。Optionally, the first network device determines subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
可选地,第一网络设备确定多组子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,将多组子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备或第二终端。第二网络设备或第二终端决定特定的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,反馈至第一网络设备,再由第一网络设备发送子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息至第一终端。Optionally, the first network device determines multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, and sends the multiple sets of subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the second network device or the second terminal. The second network device or the second terminal determines specific subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information, feeds back to the first network device, and then the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first terminal .
在本申请实施例中,第一网络设备将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端,可以提高定位参考信号的传输效率,减少传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal, which can improve the positioning reference signal. Transmission efficiency, reducing transmission overhead.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method also includes at least one of the following:
接收第一终端上报的下行定位参考信号测量结果;receiving a downlink positioning reference signal measurement result reported by the first terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端上报的下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息;receiving the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information reported by the second network device or the second terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息;receiving subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的第一指示信息;receiving first indication information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的第二指示信息;receiving second indication information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
向第一终端发送第一指示信息;sending first indication information to the first terminal;
向第一终端发送第二指示信息。Send the second indication information to the first terminal.
其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性;Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency;
所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的PRS进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate to perform joint processing or separate processing on the PRSs of multiple subbands.
可选地,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送接收点TRP标识;Sending and receiving point TRP identification;
定位频率层positioning frequency layer标识;Positioning frequency layer identification of positioning frequency layer;
终端UE标识;terminal UE identification;
终端组UE group标识;terminal group UE group identifier;
下行定位参考信号资源PRS resource标识;Downlink positioning reference signal resource PRS resource identifier;
下行定位参考信号资源集PRS resource set标识。Downlink positioning reference signal resource set PRS resource set identifier.
可选地,所述第二指示信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送接收点标识;Sending and receiving point identification;
定位频率层标识;Positioning frequency layer identification;
终端标识;terminal identification;
终端组标识;terminal group identification;
下行定位参考信号资源标识;Downlink positioning reference signal resource identifier;
下行定位参考信号资源集标识。The ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set.
可选地,所述PRS测量结果中包括所述PRS测量结果关联的PRS子带的指示;Optionally, the PRS measurement result includes an indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result;
其中,所述PRS测量结果关联的PRS子带的指示包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the indication of the PRS subband associated with the PRS measurement result includes at least one of the following:
PRS子带标识;PRS subband identification;
PRS候选位置标识;PRS candidate position identification;
所述PRS测量结果关联的时间戳time stamp;The time stamp time stamp associated with the PRS measurement result;
所述PRS测量结果是否经过了联合处理。Whether the PRS measurement result has undergone joint processing.
可选地,所述PRS传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the PRS transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
PRS子带标识;PRS subband identification;
PRS候选位置标识;PRS candidate location identification;
所述PRS测量结果关联的时间戳。The timestamp associated with the PRS measurement result.
需要说明的是,对本申请实施例的定位参考信号处理方法的理解,可以 参考前述实施例中的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the understanding of the positioning reference signal processing method in the embodiment of the present application, reference may be made to the description in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
图6为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法的流程示意图之五。如图6所示,该方法包括:FIG. 6 is the fifth schematic flowchart of the positioning reference signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:
步骤600、终端根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号; Step 600, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在无线链路控制RRC释放消息中接收。Wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
在本申请实施例中,上行定位参考信号为用于定位的上行参考信号,包括但不限于探测参考信号(Sounding reference signal,SRS),SRS for positioning,PRACH至少之一。值得指出的是,本申请实施例仅以SRS为例对定位参考信号处理方法做示例性说明,其他用于定位的上行参考信号的实现方式亦可参照相同方式实现,故不再一一举例说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the uplink positioning reference signal is an uplink reference signal for positioning, including but not limited to at least one of Sounding reference signal (Sounding reference signal, SRS), SRS for positioning, and PRACH. It is worth pointing out that the embodiment of the present application only uses SRS as an example to illustrate the positioning reference signal processing method, and other implementations of uplink reference signals for positioning can also be realized in the same way, so no more examples are given here. .
可选地,所述上行定位参考信号的配置信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:上行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,时域位置配置信息,频域位置配置信息,时频资源图样配置信息,空间波束关系配置信息(如空间关系参考信号等等),路损配置信息(如路损参考信号等等),定时提前配置信息(如定时提前计时器配置等等),有效性配置信息(如有效性门限等)等等。Optionally, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal, time domain position configuration information, frequency domain position configuration information, Time-frequency resource pattern configuration information, spatial beam relationship configuration information (such as spatial relationship reference signal, etc.), path loss configuration information (such as path loss reference signal, etc.), timing advance configuration information (such as timing advance timer configuration, etc.) , validity configuration information (such as validity threshold, etc.) and so on.
其中,非连接态是指空闲态和/或非激活态。Wherein, the unconnected state refers to an idle state and/or an inactive state.
可选地,所述上行定位参考信号的配置信息由第二网络设备指示。Optionally, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal is indicated by the second network device.
可选地,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
终端通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号。The terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning.
其中,波束扫描是指不同的上行定位参考信号资源的波束方向不同。Wherein, beam scanning means that beam directions of different uplink positioning reference signal resources are different.
波束扫描的方式可以由协议约定。例如协议约定:在非连接态,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号。The way of beam scanning can be stipulated by the agreement. For example, the agreement stipulates that in the non-connected state, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner.
可选地,所述终端通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning, including:
根据网络指示,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;According to the network instruction, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning;
其中,所述根据网络指示,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号包括以下之一:Wherein, the sending of the uplink positioning reference signal by the terminal in a beam scanning manner according to the network instruction includes one of the following:
在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系的情况下,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;In the case where the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner;
在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系且指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,终端以所述波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;If the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated and the transmission mode of beam scanning is indicated, the terminal transmits the uplink positioning reference signal in the beam scanning mode;
在指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,发送上行定位参考信号。In the case of indicating the transmission mode of beam scanning, the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted.
其中,若未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系,终端可能有多种默认的方式发送上行定位参考信号,比如通过波束扫描或波束重复的方式发送。这里,进一步指示终端以哪一种方式发送,比如从波束扫描或波束重复中,指示以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号。Wherein, if the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated, the terminal may have multiple default ways to send the uplink positioning reference signal, such as sending by beam scanning or beam repetition. Here, it further indicates which way the terminal sends, for example, from beam scanning or beam repetition, indicating that the uplink positioning reference signal is sent in a beam scanning way.
可选地,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
终端根据上行定位参考信号配置的有效性条件,判断所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息是否有效,其中,所述上行定位参考信号配置的有效性条件包含以下至少之一:定时提前(Timing Addvance,TA)的有效;空间波束关系的有效;区域有效;时间有效;路损参考信号的有效。The terminal judges whether the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid according to the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, wherein the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following: timing advance (Timing Addvance, TA) is valid; the spatial beam relationship is valid; the area is valid; the time is valid; the path loss reference signal is valid.
可选地,区域有效是指:若终端在某个预配置/定义的区域(如接收RRC release消息或上行定位参考信号的小区,或者预定义的多个小区),则区域有效(上行定位参考信号配置处于有效区域中)。可选地,若终端移出某个预配置/定义的区域(如接收RRC release消息或上行定位参考信号的小区,或者预定义的多个小区),则区域无效。可选的,若区域失效,则上行定位参考信号配置失效。Optionally, the area is valid means: if the terminal is in a pre-configured/defined area (such as a cell that receives an RRC release message or an uplink positioning reference signal, or a plurality of predefined cells), the area is valid (uplink positioning reference signal signal configuration is in the valid area). Optionally, if the terminal moves out of a certain pre-configured/defined area (such as the cell receiving the RRC release message or the uplink positioning reference signal, or a plurality of predefined cells), the area is invalid. Optionally, if the area fails, the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal becomes invalid.
可选地,时间有效是指:距离最近的上行定位参考信号配置/更新命令(如RRC release消息)未超过某个预配置/定义的时间门限/计时器,则时间有效(上行定位参考信号配置处于有效时间中)。可选地,若距离最近的上行定位参考信号配置/更新命令(如RRC release消息)超过了某个预配置/定义的时 间门限/计时器,则时间无效。可选的,若时间失效,则上行定位参考信号配置失效。Optionally, valid time means: the time is valid if the nearest uplink positioning reference signal configuration/update command (such as RRC release message) does not exceed a certain pre-configured/defined time threshold/timer (uplink positioning reference signal configuration during the effective time). Optionally, if the nearest uplink positioning reference signal configuration/update command (such as RRC release message) exceeds a certain pre-configured/defined time threshold/timer, then the time is invalid. Optionally, if the time expires, the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal becomes invalid.
可选地,时间有效可以应用于上行定位参考信号配置中特定的某些配置,如TA,或空间关系参考信号等等;或者,应用于全部的上行定位参考信号配置。Optionally, the time validity can be applied to some specific configurations in the uplink positioning reference signal configurations, such as TA, or spatial relationship reference signals, etc.; or, it can be applied to all the uplink positioning reference signal configurations.
可选地,路损参考信号的有效是指:若路损参考信号满足测量边界条件,则路损参考信号配置有效;若路损参考信号不满足测量边界条件,则路损参考信号配置失效。Optionally, the validity of the path loss reference signal refers to: if the path loss reference signal meets the measurement boundary condition, the path loss reference signal configuration is valid; if the path loss reference signal does not meet the measurement boundary condition, then the path loss reference signal configuration becomes invalid.
可选地,只有全部有效性条件满足,即定时提前(Timing Addvance,TA)的有效,空间波束关系的有效,区域有效,时间有效,路损参考信号的有效全部满足,则上行定位参考信号配置有效,即所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息有效。或者,任一有效性条件不满足,则上行定位参考信号配置失效,即所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息失效。Optionally, only if all the validity conditions are satisfied, that is, the validity of the timing advance (Timing Addvance, TA), the validity of the spatial beam relationship, the validity of the area, the validity of the time, and the validity of the path loss reference signal are all satisfied, then the uplink positioning reference signal configuration Valid, that is, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the disconnected state is valid. Or, if any validity condition is not satisfied, the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal becomes invalid, that is, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the disconnected state becomes invalid.
在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息有效的情况下,按照所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号;或者,在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息失效的情况下,终端终止以所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号或者释放失效的定位参考信号配置。When the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid, send the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; or, in the uplink positioning in the unconnected state When the configuration information of the reference signal becomes invalid, the terminal terminates sending the uplink positioning reference signal using the configuration information of the unconnected uplink positioning reference signal or releases the invalid configuration of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,若上行定位配置失效(如定时提前失效,空间波束关系失效,区域失效,时间失效,或路损参考信号失效至少之一),终端将配置失效的信息通知网络设备(如服务基站和/或位置服务器),网络设备通知参与定位的其他基站释放上行定位参考信号配置。可选地,失效的信息包含失效的原因,如包含以下至少之一:定时提前失效,空间波束关系失效,区域失效,时间失效,或路损参考信号失效。比如,空间波束关系失效,终端将失效信息通知网络设备,网络设备再通知参与定位的其他基站,释放上行定位参考信号配置。可选地,终端可以通过小数据传输或发起连接进入连接态的方式通知网络侧失效信息。Optionally, if the uplink positioning configuration fails (such as timing advance failure, spatial beam relationship failure, area failure, time failure, or at least one of path loss reference signal failure), the terminal notifies the network device of the configuration failure information (such as the serving base station and/or location server), the network device notifies other base stations participating in positioning to release the uplink positioning reference signal configuration. Optionally, the failure information includes failure reasons, such as including at least one of the following: timing advance failure, spatial beam relationship failure, area failure, time failure, or path loss reference signal failure. For example, if the spatial beam relationship fails, the terminal notifies the network device of the failure information, and the network device then notifies other base stations participating in positioning, and releases the uplink positioning reference signal configuration. Optionally, the terminal may notify the network side of failure information by transmitting small data or initiating a connection to enter a connected state.
可选地,有一些失效的信息网络设备与终端具有相同的理解(比如时间失效),当这样的事件发生时(比如时间失效),网络设备可以直接通知其他参与定位的基站释放上行定位参考信号配置,无需终端通知失效。Optionally, some failed information network equipment has the same understanding as the terminal (such as time failure), and when such an event occurs (such as time failure), the network equipment can directly notify other base stations participating in positioning to release the uplink positioning reference signal Configuration without terminal notification invalidation.
可选地,网络设备为服务基站时,服务基站通知参与定位的其他基站释放上行定位参考信号配置,可以通过位置服务器中转通知(如服务基站通知位置服务器,再由位置服务器通知其他基站),也可以直接通知。Optionally, when the network device is a serving base station, the serving base station notifies other base stations participating in positioning to release the uplink positioning reference signal configuration, and the notification may be relayed through the location server (for example, the serving base station notifies the location server, and then the location server notifies other base stations), or Can be notified directly.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
终端根据目标参考信号的测量结果和/或测量结果的变化判断所述定时提前TA和/或空间波束关系的有效性;The terminal judges the validity of the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship according to the measurement result of the target reference signal and/or the change of the measurement result;
在所述测量结果和/或测量结果的变化超出或低于目标门限的情况下,确定所述定时提前TA和/或空间波束关系配置失效。In a case where the measurement result and/or the change of the measurement result exceeds or falls below a target threshold, it is determined that the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship configuration is invalid.
可选地,目标参考信号的测量结果的变化是指:当前测量结果与UE收到最近的上行定位参考信号配置时,或UE刚进入非连接态配置时,或UE刚收到定时提前命令或配置时,测量结果的变化。Optionally, the change of the measurement result of the target reference signal refers to: when the current measurement result is different from when the UE receives the latest uplink positioning reference signal configuration, or when the UE just enters a non-connected state configuration, or when the UE just receives a timing advance command or When configured, the measurement results change.
可选地,对于定时提前TA的有效性,除了通过目标参考信号测量结果或测量结果的变化判断,还可以通过TA定时器Timing alignment timer判断。TA定时器可以开始于最近的一次TA命令或者上行定位参考信号的配置,TA定时器可以协议约定或网络指示(如在上行定位参考信号的配置中包含)。当TA定时器超时,TA失效。可选地,当TA定时器超时或目标参考信号的测量结果/变化任一条件满足,TA失效。Optionally, for the effectiveness of the timing advance TA, in addition to judging by the target reference signal measurement result or the change of the measurement result, it can also be judged by the TA timer Timing alignment timer. The TA timer can start from the latest TA command or the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, and the TA timer can be stipulated in the protocol or indicated by the network (such as included in the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal). When the TA timer expires, the TA becomes invalid. Optionally, when the TA timer expires or any condition of the measurement result/change of the target reference signal is satisfied, the TA becomes invalid.
可选地,所述目标门限可以由协议约定或网络指示(例如,包含在上行定位参考信号配置中)。Optionally, the target threshold may be specified by the protocol or indicated by the network (for example, included in the uplink positioning reference signal configuration).
可选地,所述测量结果包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the measurement results include at least one of the following:
参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP);Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP);
参考信号接收质量(Reference Signal Received Quality,RSRQ);Reference Signal Received Quality (Reference Signal Received Quality, RSRQ);
到达时间差(Time Difference of Arrival,TDOA);Time Difference of Arrival (TDOA);
参考信号定时;Reference signal timing;
参考信号首达径对应的RSRP。RSRP corresponding to the first path of the reference signal.
可选地,所述目标参考信号包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the target reference signal includes at least one of the following:
为TA有效性判断配置的参考信号或参考信号组;A reference signal or reference signal group configured for TA validity judgment;
为上行定位参考信号配置的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组;Spatial relationship reference signal or reference signal group configured for uplink positioning reference signal;
为上行定位参考信号配置的路损参考信号或参考信号组;A path loss reference signal or reference signal group configured for the uplink positioning reference signal;
与系统信息块类型1SIB1具有关联关系的参考信号或参考信号组。A reference signal or reference signal group associated with the system information block type 1 SIB1.
可选地,所述目标参考信号包含但不限于:SSB,CSI-RS,PRS至少之一。Optionally, the target reference signal includes but is not limited to: at least one of SSB, CSI-RS, and PRS.
可选地,所述目标参考为驻留小区的参考信号。可选的,驻留小区为接收上行定位参考信号配置或者RRC释放消息的那个小区。Optionally, the target reference is a reference signal of a cell on which it is camped. Optionally, the camped cell is the cell that receives the uplink positioning reference signal configuration or the RRC release message.
可选地,所述目标参考信号可以先根据测量质量进行筛选,比如测量质量(RSRP)高于门限的参考信号为目标参考信号。Optionally, the target reference signal may first be screened according to measurement quality, for example, a reference signal whose measurement quality (RSRP) is higher than a threshold is the target reference signal.
可选地,所述空间波束关系的有效包括:Optionally, the validity of the spatial beam relationship includes:
在终端检测上行定位参考信号的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组的测量精度不低于所述空间关系参考信号的边界条件的情况下,空间波束关系有效。In the case where the measurement accuracy of the spatial relationship reference signal or the reference signal group of the uplink positioning reference signal detected by the terminal is not lower than the boundary condition of the spatial relationship reference signal, the spatial beam relationship is valid.
或者,若终端检测上行定位参考信号的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组满足所述空间关系参考信号的边界条件,空间波束关系有效。Or, if the terminal detects that the spatial relationship reference signal or the reference signal group of the uplink positioning reference signal satisfies the boundary condition of the spatial relationship reference signal, the spatial beam relationship is valid.
可选地,边界条件至少包含:所述空间关系参考信号的L1-RSRP的精度,L3-RSRP的精度,RSRP的精度至少之一。Optionally, the boundary condition at least includes: at least one of: L1-RSRP accuracy, L3-RSRP accuracy, and RSRP accuracy of the spatial relationship reference signal.
空间关系参考信号至少包含:SSB,PRS,CSI-RS至少之一。The spatial relationship reference signal at least includes: at least one of SSB, PRS, and CSI-RS.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
若所述空间波束关系失效,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号,或者以波束重复的方式发送上行定位参考信号。If the spatial beam relationship fails, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner, or sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam repeating manner.
可选地,以波束扫描或重复的方式发送,由协议约定或网络设备指示。Optionally, it is sent in a beam scanning or repeating manner, as stipulated in the protocol or indicated by the network device.
可选地,参与定位的多个基站会根据上行定位参考信号的配置测量所述上行定位参考信号。(配置上行定位参考信号的基站,将上行定位参考信号配置发送至位置服务器,再由位置服务器发送至参与定位的多个基站)Optionally, multiple base stations participating in positioning measure the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal. (The base station that configures the uplink positioning reference signal sends the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal to the location server, and then the location server sends it to multiple base stations participating in positioning)
可选地,若某个基站测量失败(如上定位参考信号RSRP低于门限,或者无法满足精度要求),则通知失败信息(包含失败原因)至位置服务器。可选地,该基站释放上行定位参考信号配置。Optionally, if a certain base station fails to measure (for example, the RSRP of the above positioning reference signal is lower than the threshold, or the accuracy requirement cannot be met), the failure information (including the failure reason) is notified to the location server. Optionally, the base station releases the uplink positioning reference signal configuration.
位置服务器根据各基站的失败信息和/或测量结果,判断上行定位参考信号配置是否有效(比如:是否能够得出准确位置)。若失效,则通知原配置上行定位参考信号的基站:上行定位参考信号配置失效信息,和/或上行定位参考信号配置更新请求。The location server judges whether the uplink positioning reference signal configuration is valid (for example, whether an accurate location can be obtained) according to the failure information and/or measurement results of each base station. If it fails, notify the base station that originally configured the uplink positioning reference signal: the uplink positioning reference signal configuration failure information, and/or the uplink positioning reference signal configuration update request.
根据这个信息,原配置上行定位参考信号的基站发起无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)寻呼paging,通知终端进入连接态,并进一步更新上行定位参考信号配置和/或完成上行定位;或者,该基站发起RAN paging,通知上行定位参考信号配置信息(如在paging PDSCH中携带,或者通过paging仅通知更新信息,通知UE进入小数据传输(Small Data Transmission,SDT)流程,在SDT流程中更新上行定位参考信号配置信息),不进入连接态;或者,该基站发起MT-SDT,通知上行定位参考信号配置信息,不进入连接态。终端接收到基站发送的消息后,释放失效的上行定位参考信号配置。According to this information, the base station that originally configured the uplink positioning reference signal initiates radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN) paging, notifies the terminal to enter the connection state, and further updates the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal and/or completes uplink positioning; or , the base station initiates RAN paging, notifies the uplink positioning reference signal configuration information (such as carried in the paging PDSCH, or only notifies the update information through paging, notifies the UE to enter the small data transmission (Small Data Transmission, SDT) process, and updates in the SDT process Uplink positioning reference signal configuration information), do not enter the connected state; or, the base station initiates MT-SDT, notifies the uplink positioning reference signal configuration information, does not enter the connected state. After receiving the message sent by the base station, the terminal releases the invalid uplink positioning reference signal configuration.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据上行参考信号的配置信息,发送上行定位参考信号,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink reference signal, which can effectively reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理方法,执行主体可以为定位参考信号处理装置,或者,该定位参考信号处理装置中的用于执行定位参考信号处理方法的控制模块。本申请实施例中以定位参考信号处理装置执行定位参考信号处理方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置。It should be noted that, the positioning reference signal processing method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by a positioning reference signal processing device, or a control module in the positioning reference signal processing device for executing the positioning reference signal processing method. In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the positioning reference signal processing device executing the positioning reference signal processing method as an example.
图7为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之一,如图7所示,该定位参考信号处理装置700包括:FIG. 7 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the positioning reference signal processing device 700 includes:
第一执行单元701,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;The first executing unit 701 is configured to execute the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following:
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;Detecting a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband;
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
在本申请实施例中,根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带上对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, the downlink positioning reference signal is detected and/or processed on at least one subband, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference Transmission overhead of a signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述子带配置信息,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
子带带宽;subband bandwidth;
子带数目;number of subbands;
子带标识。Subband ID.
可选地,所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,包括:Optionally, the detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
在每个下行定位参考信号候选位置上以子带为粒度,检测和/或处理下行定位参考信号;Detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal at each downlink positioning reference signal candidate position at the subband granularity;
其中,一个下行定位参考信号候选位置代表一次时域上的下行定位参考信号传输机会。Wherein, one downlink positioning reference signal candidate position represents a downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the time domain.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,以子带为粒度,在至少一个子带上对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,在提高了非授权频段终端接收定位参考信号的成功率,同时可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, with subbands as the granularity. The success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band is improved, and at the same time, the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band can be effectively reduced in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位配置,或以发送接收点TRP为单位配置,或以下行定位参考信号资源集为单位配置,或以下行定位参考信号资源为单位配置,或以终端为单位配置,或以终端组为单位配置。Optionally, the subband configuration information is configured in units of positioning frequency layers, or in units of transmission and reception points TRPs, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resource sets, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resources , or configure in units of terminals, or configure in units of terminal groups.
可选地,在所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位配置的情况下,所述定位频率层满足以下至少一项:Optionally, when the subband configuration information is configured in units of a positioning frequency layer, the positioning frequency layer satisfies at least one of the following:
定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号的子带配置相同;The subband configurations of the downlink positioning reference signals in the positioning frequency layer are the same;
定位参考信号的定位频率层参考点point A,子载波间隔SCS,带宽相同;The positioning frequency layer reference point point A of the positioning reference signal, the subcarrier spacing SCS, and the same bandwidth;
定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或 者不同;The actual bandwidth and/or actual subband position of the downlink positioning reference signal in the positioning frequency layer are the same or different;
同一个定位频率层内,不同周期或不同PRS候选位置对应的PRS实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或不同。In the same positioning frequency layer, the actual PRS bandwidth and/or actual sub-band positions corresponding to different periods or different PRS candidate positions are the same or different.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二执行单元,用于在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理。The second execution unit is configured to detect and/or process the downlink positioning reference signal at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth if the subband configuration information does not exist or is default.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第一接收单元,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性;A first receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands;
所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理,包括:The processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
根据所述第一指示信息,处理至少一个可用子带上的下行定位参考信号。Process the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband according to the first indication information.
可选地,所述第一指示信息的有效时间或有效期为以下至少之一:Optionally, the validity time or validity period of the first indication information is at least one of the following:
一个候选位置的持续时间;the duration of a candidate position;
一个周期的多个候选位置持续时间;Multiple candidate position durations for one cycle;
信道占用时间COT持续时间Duration之内;Within the channel occupation time COT duration Duration;
COT duration内指示为下行DL和/或灵活flexilble符号。The COT duration is indicated as a downlink DL and/or flexible flexilble symbol.
可选地,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送接收点标识;Sending and receiving point identification;
定位频率层标识;Positioning frequency layer identification;
终端标识;terminal identification;
终端组标识;terminal group identification;
下行定位参考信号资源标识;Downlink positioning reference signal resource identifier;
下行定位参考信号资源集标识。The ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set.
可选地,所述第一接收单元,用于执行以下其中之一:Optionally, the first receiving unit is configured to perform one of the following:
在每个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before each candidate position;
在每个周期的多个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before multiple candidate positions in each period;
缓存多个候选位置的下行定位参考信号后接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information after buffering downlink positioning reference signals of multiple candidate positions;
在授权频段接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information in an authorized frequency band;
接收所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息承载在第二网络设备或第二终端先听后说LBT成功后的载荷payload中。The first indication information is received, and the first indication information is carried in the payload of the second network device or the second terminal after the LBT succeeds.
在本申请实施例中,根据第一指示信息,在至少一个可用子带上对下行定位参考信号进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the first indication information, the downlink positioning reference signal is processed on at least one available subband, which can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第一检测单元,用于在未接收到所述第一指示信息的情况下,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行盲检测;A first detection unit, configured to perform blind detection on downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands when the first indication information is not received;
第一处理单元,用于根据盲检测结果,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The first processing unit is configured to process downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands according to blind detection results.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二接收单元,用于接收用于指示相邻子带之间是否具有相位一致性的指示信息。The second receiving unit is configured to receive indication information indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二处理单元,用于在相邻子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。The second processing unit is configured to jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands when there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands.
在本申请实施例中,在相邻子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In the embodiment of the present application, in the case of phase consistency between adjacent subbands, joint processing of the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands .
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第三处理单元,用于在不同周期或不同候选位置对应的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置不同的情况下,不对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。The third processing unit is configured not to jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands when the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the downlink positioning reference signals corresponding to different periods or different candidate positions are different.
可选地,不同候选位置的下行定位参考信号子带传输情况相同,不同或独立;Optionally, the transmission conditions of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands at different candidate positions are the same, different or independent;
其中,所述不同候选位置为一个周期内的多个候选位置,或者一个时间窗内的多个候选位置,或者非周期下行定位参考信号对应的多个候选位置;Wherein, the different candidate positions are multiple candidate positions within one period, or multiple candidate positions within one time window, or multiple candidate positions corresponding to the aperiodic downlink positioning reference signal;
所述不同候选位置的下行定位参考信号子带传输情况与LBT结果有关。The downlink positioning reference signal sub-band transmission conditions of the different candidate positions are related to the LBT result.
可选地,所述至少一个子带的频率连续。Optionally, the frequency of the at least one subband is continuous.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第三接收单元,用于接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理;A third receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands;
所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理,包括:The processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
根据所述第二指示信息,对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。According to the second indication information, joint processing or separate processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,根据下行定位参考信号子带处理指示确实是否对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the downlink positioning reference signal subband processing indication whether to jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands, the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band can be further reduced.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第一发送单元,用于上报下行定位参考信号测量结果;其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果中包括所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指示;The first sending unit is configured to report a downlink positioning reference signal measurement result; wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes an indication of a downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指示包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳;A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果是否经过了联合处理;Whether the measurement result of the downlink positioning reference signal has been jointly processed;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果对应的定位频率层标识,或发送接收点标识,或定位参考信号资源集标识,或定位参考信号资源标识,或终端标识,或终端组标识。The positioning frequency layer identifier corresponding to the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result, or the sending and receiving point identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource set identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource identifier, or the terminal identifier, or the terminal group identifier.
本申请实施例提高了非授权频段终端接收定位参考信号的成功率并减少 了非授权频段定位参考信号的传输开销。The embodiment of the present application improves the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band and reduces the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band.
本申请实施例中的定位参考信号处理装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置能够实现图2的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiment in FIG. 2 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
图8为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之二。如图8所示,该定位参考信号处理装置800包括:FIG. 8 is the second structural schematic diagram of the positioning reference signal processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the positioning reference signal processing device 800 includes:
第三执行单元801,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The third execution unit 801 is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
在本申请实施例中,根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, LBT is performed after listening first, or the downlink positioning reference signal is sent after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning. The transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds includes:
在下行定位参考信号子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且下行定位参考信号子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,发送下行定位参考信号。In a case where the downlink positioning reference signal subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the downlink positioning reference signal subband range have LBT successfully, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
可选地,所述进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, includes:
以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度发送下行定位参考信号。Perform LBT at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or send the downlink positioning reference signal at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands after the LBT is successful.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二发送单元,用于将下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息上报至第一 网络设备;The second sending unit is configured to report the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳。A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第三发送单元,用于将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备。A third sending unit, configured to send the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第四执行单元,用于在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度,进行LBT或者LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The fourth executing unit is configured to use the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth as the granularity when the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, and perform LBT or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第四发送单元,用于向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第一指示信息;a fourth sending unit, configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。The first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
在本申请实施例中,通过向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送下行定位参考信号子带的可用性指示,可以使得终端根据下行定位参考信号子带的可用性指示,在至少一个可用子带上对下行定位参考信号进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, by sending the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands to the first terminal and/or the first network device, the terminal may, according to the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, use at least one available subband The uplink processing of the downlink positioning reference signal can further reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第五发送单元,用于向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;a fifth sending unit, configured to send second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,通过向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送下行定位参考信号子带处理指示,可以使得第一终端根据下行定位参考信号子带处理指 示确实是否对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In this embodiment of the present application, by sending the downlink positioning reference signal subband processing indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, it may be possible for the first terminal to determine whether the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal is true for multiple subbands. Joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands.
本申请实施例中的定位参考信号处理装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置能够实现图3的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement various processes implemented in the method embodiment in FIG. 3 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
可选地,图9为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之三。如图9所示,该定位参考信号处理装置900包括:Optionally, FIG. 9 is a third structural schematic diagram of an apparatus for processing a positioning reference signal provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the positioning reference signal processing device 900 includes:
第五执行单元901,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The fifth executing unit 901 is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
在本申请实施例中,根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, LBT is performed after listening first, or the downlink positioning reference signal is sent after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band positioning. The transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds includes:
在下行定位参考信号子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且下行定位参考信号子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,发送下行定位参考信号。In a case where the downlink positioning reference signal subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the downlink positioning reference signal subband range have LBT successfully, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
可选地,所述进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, includes:
以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度发送下行定位参考信号。Perform LBT at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or send the downlink positioning reference signal at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands after the LBT is successful.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第六发送单元,用于将下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息上报至第一网络设备;The sixth sending unit is configured to report the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳。A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第七发送单元,用于在确定所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息的情况下,将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备。A seventh sending unit, configured to send the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device when the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information is determined.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第六执行单元,用于在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度,进行LBT或者LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The sixth execution unit is configured to use the bandwidth of the downlink positioning reference signal or the bandwidth of the LBT as the granularity when the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, and perform LBT or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第八发送单元,用于向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第一指示信息;an eighth sending unit, configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。The first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
在本申请实施例中,通过向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送下行定位参考信号子带的可用性指示,可以使得终端根据下行定位参考信号子带的可用性指示,在至少一个可用子带上对下行定位参考信号进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, by sending the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands to the first terminal and/or the first network device, the terminal may, according to the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, use at least one available subband The uplink processing of the downlink positioning reference signal can further reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第九发送单元,用于向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;a ninth sending unit, configured to send second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,通过向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送下行定位参 考信号子带处理指示,可以使得第一终端根据下行定位参考信号子带处理指示确实是否对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In this embodiment of the present application, by sending the downlink positioning reference signal subband processing indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, it may be possible for the first terminal to determine whether the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal is true for multiple subbands. Joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands.
本申请实施例中的定位参考信号处理装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置能够实现图4的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiment in FIG. 4 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
可选地,图10为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之四,如图10所示,该定位参考信号处理装置1000包括:Optionally, FIG. 10 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of a positioning reference signal processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the positioning reference signal processing device 1000 includes:
第七执行单元1001,用于将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。The seventh execution unit 1001 is configured to send subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
在本申请实施例中,通过将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端,可以提高定位参考信号的传输效率,减少传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, by sending the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal, the transmission efficiency of the positioning reference signal can be improved, Reduce transmission overhead.
可选地,所述方法还包括第八执行单元,用于执行以下至少一项:Optionally, the method further includes an eighth execution unit, configured to execute at least one of the following:
接收第一终端上报的下行定位参考信号测量结果;receiving a downlink positioning reference signal measurement result reported by the first terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端上报的下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息;receiving the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information reported by the second network device or the second terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息;receiving subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的第一指示信息,;receiving first indication information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的第二指示信息;receiving second indication information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
向终端发送第一指示信息;Sending first indication information to the terminal;
向终端发送第二指示信息;sending second indication information to the terminal;
其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性;Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency;
所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
本申请实施例中的定位参考信号处理装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置能够实现图5的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement various processes implemented in the method embodiment in FIG. 5 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
可选地,图11为本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置的结构示意图之五,如图11所示,该定位参考信号处理装置1100包括:Optionally, FIG. 11 is a fifth schematic structural diagram of a positioning reference signal processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the positioning reference signal processing device 1100 includes:
第十发送单元1101,用于根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;The tenth sending unit 1101 is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在无线链路控制RRC释放消息中接收。Wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
可选地,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号。The uplink positioning reference signal is sent by means of beam scanning.
可选地,所述通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning includes:
根据网络指示,以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;According to the network instruction, send the uplink positioning reference signal in the way of beam scanning;
其中,所述根据网络指示,以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号包括以下之一:Wherein, according to the network instruction, sending the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning includes one of the following:
在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系的情况下,以波束扫描的方 式发送上行定位参考信号;In the case that the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated, the uplink positioning reference signal is sent in the form of beam scanning;
在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系且指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,以所述波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;When the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated and the beam scanning transmission mode is indicated, the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted in the beam scanning mode;
在指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,发送上行定位参考信号。In the case of indicating the transmission mode of beam scanning, the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted.
可选地,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
终端根据上行定位参考信号配置的有效性条件,判断所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息是否有效,其中,所述上行定位参考信号配置的有效性条件包含以下至少之一:定时提前TA有效;空间波束关系有效;区域有效;时间有效;路损参考信号的有效;The terminal judges whether the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid according to the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, wherein the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following: timing advance TA is valid; the spatial beam relationship is valid; the area is valid; the time is valid; the path loss reference signal is valid;
在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息有效的情况下,按照所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号;或者,在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息失效的情况下,终端终止以所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号或者释放失效的定位参考信号配置。When the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid, send the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; or, in the uplink positioning in the unconnected state When the configuration information of the reference signal becomes invalid, the terminal terminates sending the uplink positioning reference signal using the configuration information of the unconnected uplink positioning reference signal or releases the invalid configuration of the positioning reference signal.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第九执行单元,用于根据目标参考信号的测量结果和/或测量结果的变化判断所述定时提前TA和/或空间波束关系的有效性;The ninth execution unit is configured to judge the validity of the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship according to the measurement result of the target reference signal and/or the change of the measurement result;
第十执行单元,用于在所述测量结果超出或低于目标门限的情况下,确定定时提前TA和/或空间波束关系的配置失效。The tenth execution unit is configured to determine that the configuration of the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship is invalid when the measurement result exceeds or falls below a target threshold.
可选地,所述测量结果包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the measurement results include at least one of the following:
参考信号接收功率RSRP;Reference signal received power RSRP;
参考信号接收质量RSRQ;Reference Signal Received Quality RSRQ;
到达时间差TDOA;Time Difference of Arrival TDOA;
参考信号定时;reference signal timing;
参考信号首达径对应的RSRP。RSRP corresponding to the first path of the reference signal.
可选地,所述目标参考信号包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the target reference signal includes at least one of the following:
为TA有效性判断配置的参考信号或参考信号组;A reference signal or reference signal group configured for TA validity judgment;
为上行定位参考信号配置的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组;Spatial relationship reference signal or reference signal group configured for uplink positioning reference signal;
为上行定位参考信号配置的路损参考信号或参考信号组;A path loss reference signal or reference signal group configured for the uplink positioning reference signal;
与系统信息块类型1SIB1具有关联关系的参考信号或参考信号组。A reference signal or reference signal group associated with the system information block type 1 SIB1.
可选地,所述空间波束关系的有效性包括:Optionally, the validity of the spatial beam relationship includes:
在终端检测上行定位参考信号的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组的测量精度低于所述空间关系参考信号的边界条件的情况下,空间波束关系失效。In a case where the terminal detects the spatial relationship reference signal or the reference signal group of the uplink positioning reference signal with a measurement accuracy lower than the boundary condition of the spatial relationship reference signal, the spatial beam relationship becomes invalid.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第十一执行单元,用于在所述空间波束关系失效的情况下,以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号,或者以波束重复的方式发送上行定位参考信号。The eleventh execution unit is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner, or send the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam repeating manner when the spatial beam relationship fails.
本申请实施例中的定位参考信号处理装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The positioning reference signal processing device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的定位参考信号处理装置能够实现图6的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The positioning reference signal processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiment in FIG. 6 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
可选的,如图12所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1200,包括处理器1201,存储器1202,存储在存储器1202上并可在所述处理器1201上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备1200为终端时,该程序或指令被处理器1201执行时实现上述定位参考信号处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备1200为网络侧设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1201执行时实现上述定位参考信号处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 12 , this embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1200, including a processor 1201, a memory 1202, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 1202 and operable on the processor 1201, For example, when the communication device 1200 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1201, each process of the above embodiment of the positioning reference signal processing method can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 1200 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1201, each process of the above positioning reference signal processing method embodiment can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于根 据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。该终端实施例是与上述终端侧方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图13为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is configured to perform a first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of a downlink positioning reference signal; wherein the first operation includes At least one of the following: detecting the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband; and processing the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband. This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
该终端1300包括但不限于:射频单元1301、网络模块1302、音频输出单元1303、输入单元1304、传感器1305、显示单元1306、用户输入单元1307、接口单元1308、存储器1309、以及处理器1310等中的至少部分部件。The terminal 1300 includes, but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1301, a network module 1302, an audio output unit 1303, an input unit 1304, a sensor 1305, a display unit 1306, a user input unit 1307, an interface unit 1308, a memory 1309, and a processor 1310, etc. at least some of the components.
本领域技术人员可以理解,终端1300还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1310逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图13中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 1300 can also include a power supply (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 1310 through the power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 13 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal. The terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元1304可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)13041和麦克风13042,图形处理器13041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元1306可包括显示面板13061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板13061。用户输入单元1307包括触控面板13071以及其他输入设备13072。触控面板13071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板13071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备13072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 1304 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 13041 and a microphone 13042, and the graphics processor 13041 is used for the image capture device ( Such as the image data of the still picture or video obtained by the camera) for processing. The display unit 1306 may include a display panel 13061, and the display panel 13061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 1307 includes a touch panel 13071 and other input devices 13072 . Touch panel 13071, also called touch screen. The touch panel 13071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 13072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元1301将来自网络侧设备的下行数据接收后,给处理器1310处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给网络侧设备。通常,射频单元1301包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, the radio frequency unit 1301 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and processes it to the processor 1310; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 1301 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
存储器1309可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器1309可主要包括存储程序或指令区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序或指令区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器1309可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非易失性固态存储器件。The memory 1309 can be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 1309 may mainly include a program or instruction storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program or instruction storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like. In addition, the memory 1309 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory, wherein the nonvolatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. For example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid-state storage device.
处理器1310可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器1310可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序或指令等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1310中。The processor 1310 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1310 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs or instructions, etc., Modem processors mainly handle wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1310 .
其中,处理器1310,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;Wherein, the processor 1310 is configured to perform the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following:
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;Detecting a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband;
对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,在至少一个子带上对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, which can effectively reduce the number of unlicensed frequency band positioning. The transmission overhead of the reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述子带配置信息,包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
子带带宽;subband bandwidth;
子带数目;number of subbands;
子带标识。Subband ID.
可选地,所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,包括:Optionally, the detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
在每个下行定位参考信号候选位置上以子带为粒度,检测和/或处理下行定位参考信号;Detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal at each downlink positioning reference signal candidate position at the subband granularity;
其中,一个下行定位参考信号候选位置代表一次时域上的下行定位参考信号传输机会。Wherein, one downlink positioning reference signal candidate position represents a downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the time domain.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,以子带为粒度,在至少一个子带上对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,在提高了非授权频段终端接收定位参考信号的成功率,同时可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal detects and/or processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, with subbands as the granularity. The success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band is improved, and at the same time, the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band can be effectively reduced in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位配置,或以发送接收点TRP为单位配置,或以下行定位参考信号资源集为单位配置,或以下行定位参考信号资源为单位配置,或以终端为单位配置,或以终端组为单位配置。Optionally, the subband configuration information is configured in units of positioning frequency layers, or in units of transmission and reception points TRPs, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resource sets, or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resources , or configure in units of terminals, or configure in units of terminal groups.
可选地,在所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位配置的情况下,所述定位频率层满足以下至少一项:Optionally, when the subband configuration information is configured in units of a positioning frequency layer, the positioning frequency layer satisfies at least one of the following:
定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号的子带配置相同;The subband configurations of the downlink positioning reference signals in the positioning frequency layer are the same;
定位参考信号的定位频率层参考点point A,子载波间隔SCS,带宽相同;The positioning frequency layer reference point point A of the positioning reference signal, the subcarrier spacing SCS, and the same bandwidth;
定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或者不同;The actual bandwidth and/or actual subband position of the downlink positioning reference signal in the positioning frequency layer are the same or different;
同一个定位频率层内,不同周期或不同下行定位参考信号候选位置对应的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或不同。In the same positioning frequency layer, the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the downlink positioning reference signals corresponding to different periods or different downlink positioning reference signal candidate positions are the same or different.
可选地,处理器1310,还用于:Optionally, the processor 1310 is also used for:
在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以下行定位参考信号带宽或先听后说LBT带宽为粒度对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理。In the case that the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the downlink positioning reference signal is detected and/or processed at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or listen-before-talk LBT bandwidth.
可选地,射频单元1301,用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is configured to:
接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性;receiving first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands;
所述处理器1310,还用于:The processor 1310 is further configured to:
根据所述第一指示信息,处理至少一个可用子带上的下行定位参考信号;Processing a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband according to the first indication information;
可选地,所述第一指示信息的有效时间或有效期为以下至少之一:Optionally, the validity time or validity period of the first indication information is at least one of the following:
一个候选位置的持续时间;the duration of a candidate position;
一个周期的多个候选位置持续时间;Multiple candidate position durations for one cycle;
信道占用时间COT持续时间Duration之内;Within the channel occupation time COT duration Duration;
COT duration内指示为下行DL和/或灵活flexilble符号。The COT duration is indicated as a downlink DL and/or flexible flexilble symbol.
可选地,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送接收点标识;Sending and receiving point identification;
定位频率层标识;Positioning frequency layer identification;
终端标识;terminal identification;
终端组标识;terminal group identification;
下行定位参考信号资源标识;Downlink positioning reference signal resource identifier;
下行定位参考信号资源集标识。The ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set.
可选地,射频单元1301具体用于执行以下其中之一:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is specifically configured to perform one of the following:
在每个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before each candidate position;
在每个周期的多个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before multiple candidate positions in each period;
缓存多个候选位置的下行定位参考信号后接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information after buffering downlink positioning reference signals of multiple candidate positions;
在授权频段接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information in an authorized frequency band;
接收所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息承载在第二网络设备或第二终端LBT成功后的载荷payload中。The first indication information is received, where the first indication information is carried in the payload after the second network device or the second terminal succeeds in LBT.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据第一指示信息,在至少一个可用子带上对下行定位参考信号进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal processes the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband according to the first indication information, which can further reduce the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band in the frequency domain.
可选地,处理器1310还用于:Optionally, the processor 1310 is also used for:
在未接收到所述第一指示信息的情况下,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行盲检测;If the first indication information is not received, perform blind detection on downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands;
根据盲检测结果,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行处理。According to the blind detection result, the downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands are processed.
可选地,射频单元1301还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
接收用于指示相邻子带之间是否具有相位一致性的指示信息。Indication information for indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands is received.
可选地,处理器1310,还用于Optionally, the processor 1310 is also used for
在相邻子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。In the case that there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands, the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands are jointly processed.
在本申请实施例中,在相邻子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In the embodiment of the present application, in the case of phase consistency between adjacent subbands, joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands .
可选地,处理器1310,还用于:Optionally, the processor 1310 is also used for:
在不同周期或不同候选位置对应的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置不同的情况下,不对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。In the case that the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the downlink positioning reference signals corresponding to different periods or different candidate positions are different, no joint processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
可选地,不同候选位置的下行定位参考信号子带传输情况相同,不同或独立;Optionally, the transmission conditions of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands at different candidate positions are the same, different or independent;
其中,所述不同候选位置为一个周期内的多个候选位置,或者一个时间窗内的多个候选位置,或者非周期下行定位参考信号对应的多个候选位置;Wherein, the different candidate positions are multiple candidate positions within one period, or multiple candidate positions within one time window, or multiple candidate positions corresponding to the aperiodic downlink positioning reference signal;
所述不同候选位置的下行定位参考信号子带传输情况与LBT结果有关。The downlink positioning reference signal subband transmission conditions of the different candidate positions are related to the LBT result.
可选地,所述至少一个子带的频率连续。Optionally, the frequency of the at least one subband is continuous.
可选地,射频单元1301,还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理;receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands;
所述处理器1310,还用于:The processor 1310 is further configured to:
根据所述第二指示信息,对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。According to the second indication information, joint processing or separate processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号子带处理指示确实是否对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in the unlicensed frequency band according to the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal whether to perform joint processing on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
可选地,射频单元1301还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
上报下行定位参考信号测量结果;其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果中包括所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指 示;Reporting the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result; wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes an indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指示包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳;A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果是否经过了联合处理;Whether the measurement result of the downlink positioning reference signal has been jointly processed;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果对应的定位频率层标识,或发送接收点标识,或定位参考信号资源集标识,或定位参考信号资源标识,或终端标识,或终端组标识。The positioning frequency layer identifier corresponding to the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result, or the sending and receiving point identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource set identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource identifier, or the terminal identifier, or the terminal group identifier.
本申请实施例提高了非授权频段终端接收定位参考信号的成功率并减少了非授权频段定位参考信号的传输开销。The embodiment of the present application improves the success rate of receiving the positioning reference signal by the terminal in the unlicensed frequency band and reduces the transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the unlicensed frequency band.
可选地,本申请还提供一种终端,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。该终端实施例是与上述终端侧方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图13为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。Optionally, the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is used to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or, in the LBT After success, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent. This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
其中,处理器1310,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。Wherein, the processor 1310 is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,可以有效减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the application, the terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, which can effectively reduce the unlicensed frequency band The transmission overhead of the positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,所述在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds includes:
在下行定位参考信号子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且下行定位参考信号子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,发送下行定位参考信号。In a case where the downlink positioning reference signal subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the downlink positioning reference signal subband range have LBT successfully, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
可选地,所述进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, includes:
以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度发送下行定位参考信号。Perform LBT at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or send the downlink positioning reference signal at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands after the LBT is successful.
可选地,射频单元1301还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
将下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息上报至第一网络设备;Reporting the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device;
其中,所述下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳。A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result.
可选地,射频单元1301还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
在确定所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息的情况下,将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备。If the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information is determined, send the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
可选地,处理器1310还用于:Optionally, the processor 1310 is also used for:
在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度,进行LBT或者LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。If the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or the LBT bandwidth is used as the granularity, and the downlink positioning reference signal is sent after the LBT is performed or the LBT is successful.
可选地,射频单元1301还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第一指示信息;sending first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。The first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
在本申请实施例中,通过向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送下行定位参考信号子带的可用性指示,可以使得终端根据下行定位参考信号子带的可用性指示,在至少一个可用子带上对下行定位参考信号进行处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号在频域的传输开销。In this embodiment of the present application, by sending the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands to the first terminal and/or the first network device, the terminal may, according to the availability indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, use at least one available subband The uplink processing of the downlink positioning reference signal can further reduce the transmission overhead of the unlicensed frequency band positioning reference signal in the frequency domain.
可选地,射频单元1301还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1301 is also used for:
向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;sending second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
在本申请实施例中,通过向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送下行定位参考信号子带处理指示,可以使得第一终端根据下行定位参考信号子带处理指示确实是否对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理,可以进一步减少非授权频段定位参考信号传输的频域开销。In this embodiment of the present application, by sending the downlink positioning reference signal subband processing indication to the first terminal and/or the first network device, it may be possible for the first terminal to determine whether the subband processing indication of the downlink positioning reference signal is true for multiple subbands. Joint processing of downlink positioning reference signals can further reduce the frequency domain overhead of positioning reference signal transmission in unlicensed frequency bands.
可选地,本申请还提供一种终端,包括处理器和通信接口,通信接口用于根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在无线链路控制RRC释放消息中接收。该终端实施例是与上述终端侧方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图13为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。Optionally, the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; wherein, the The configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message. This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
其中,射频单元1301用于根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在无线链路控制RRC释放消息中接收。Wherein, the radio frequency unit 1301 is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state Or received in a radio link control RRC release message.
可选地,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
终端通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号。The terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning.
可选地,所述终端通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning, including:
根据网络指示,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;According to the network instruction, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning;
其中,所述根据网络指示,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号包括以下之一:Wherein, the sending of the uplink positioning reference signal by the terminal in a beam scanning manner according to the network instruction includes one of the following:
在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系的情况下,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;In the case where the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner;
在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系且指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,终端以所述波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;In the case where the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated and the beam scanning transmission mode is indicated, the terminal transmits the uplink positioning reference signal in the beam scanning mode;
在指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,发送上行定位参考信号。In the case of indicating the transmission mode of beam scanning, the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted.
可选地,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:Optionally, the sending the uplink positioning reference signal includes:
终端根据上行定位参考信号配置的有效性,判断所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息是否有效,其中,所述上行定位参考信号配置的有效性至少包含以下之一:定时提前TA的有效性;空间波束关系的有效性;The terminal judges whether the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid according to the validity of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, wherein the validity of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following: timing ahead of TA Validity; validity of the spatial beam relationship;
在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息有效的情况下,按照所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号;或者,在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息失效的情况下,终端终止以所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号。When the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid, send the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; or, in the uplink positioning in the unconnected state When the configuration information of the reference signal becomes invalid, the terminal stops sending the uplink positioning reference signal using the configuration information of the unconnected uplink positioning reference signal.
可选地,处理器1310还用于:Optionally, the processor 1310 is also used for:
终端根据目标参考信号的测量结果和/或测量结果的变化判断所述上行定位参考信号配置的有效性;The terminal judges the validity of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal according to the measurement result of the target reference signal and/or the change of the measurement result;
在所述测量结果超出或低于目标门限的情况下,确定所述上行定位参考信号配置失效。If the measurement result exceeds or is lower than the target threshold, it is determined that the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal is invalid.
可选地,所述测量结果包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the measurement results include at least one of the following:
参考信号接收功率RSRP;Reference signal received power RSRP;
参考信号接收质量RSRQ;Reference Signal Received Quality RSRQ;
到达时间差TDOA;Time Difference of Arrival TDOA;
参考信号定时;Reference signal timing;
参考信号首达径对应的RSRP。RSRP corresponding to the first path of the reference signal.
可选地,所述目标参考信号包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the target reference signal includes at least one of the following:
为TA有效性判断配置的参考信号或参考信号组;A reference signal or reference signal group configured for TA validity judgment;
为上行定位参考信号配置的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组;Spatial relationship reference signal or reference signal group configured for uplink positioning reference signal;
为上行定位参考信号配置的路损参考信号或参考信号组;A path loss reference signal or reference signal group configured for the uplink positioning reference signal;
与系统信息块类型1SIB1具有关联关系的参考信号或参考信号组。A reference signal or reference signal group associated with the system information block type 1 SIB1.
可选地,所述空间波束关系的有效性包括:Optionally, the validity of the spatial beam relationship includes:
在终端检测上行定位参考信号的具有空间波束关系的参考信号或参考信 号组的测量精度低于所述空间波束关系参考信号的边界条件的情况下,空间波束关系失效。When the measurement accuracy of the reference signal or reference signal group with the spatial beam relationship detected by the terminal is lower than the boundary condition of the spatial beam relationship reference signal, the spatial beam relationship becomes invalid.
可选地,处理器1310还用于:Optionally, the processor 1310 is also used for:
在所述空间波束关系失效的情况下,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号,或者以波束重复的方式发送上行定位参考信号。In the case that the spatial beam relationship fails, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner, or sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam repeating manner.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。该网络侧设备实施例是与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。The embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is used to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or, in the LBT After success, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent. The network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。如图14所示,该网络侧设备1400包括:天线1401、射频装置1402、基带装置1403。天线1401与射频装置1402连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1402通过天线1401接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置1403进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1403对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1402,射频装置1402对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线1401发送出去。Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device. As shown in FIG. 14 , the network side device 1400 includes: an antenna 1401 , a radio frequency device 1402 , and a baseband device 1403 . The antenna 1401 is connected to the radio frequency device 1402 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1402 receives information through the antenna 1401, and sends the received information to the baseband device 1403 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 1403 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 1402 , and the radio frequency device 1402 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 1401 .
上述频带处理装置可以位于基带装置1403中,以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置1403中实现,该基带装置1403包括处理器1404和存储器1405。The foregoing frequency band processing device may be located in the baseband device 1403 , and the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband device 1403 , and the baseband device 1403 includes a processor 1404 and a memory 1405 .
基带装置1403例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图14所示,其中一个芯片例如为处理器1404,与存储器1405连接,以调用存储器1405中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 1403 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, and the baseband board is provided with a plurality of chips, as shown in FIG. The network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
该基带装置1403还可以包括网络接口1406,用于与射频装置1402交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,简称CPRI)。The baseband device 1403 may also include a network interface 1406 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 1402, such as a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI for short).
具体地,本发明实施例的网络侧设备还包括:存储在存储器1405上并可在处理器1404上运行的指令或程序,处理器1404调用存储器1405中的指令 或程序执行图8所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network side device in this embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1405 and executable on the processor 1404, and the processor 1404 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1405 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 8 To avoid duplication, the method of implementation and to achieve the same technical effect will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括处理器和通信接口,通信接口用于将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。该网络侧设备实施例是与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。The embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to send the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and /or a second terminal. The network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。如图15所示,该网络设备1500包括:处理器1501、收发机1502、存储器1503、用户接口1504和总线接口,其中:Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device. As shown in FIG. 15, the network device 1500 includes: a processor 1501, a transceiver 1502, a memory 1503, a user interface 1504, and a bus interface, wherein:
在本申请实施例中,网络侧设备1500还包括:存储在存储器上1503并可在处理器1501上运行的计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器1501、执行图10所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the network-side device 1500 further includes: a computer program stored in the memory 1503 and operable on the processor 1501, the computer program is executed by the processor 1501 to execute the methods performed by the modules shown in FIG. 10 , and To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
在图15中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1501代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1503代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1502可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口1504还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。In FIG. 15 , the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1501 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1503 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, etc., which are well known in the art and therefore will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides the interface. Transceiver 1502 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media. For different user devices, the user interface 1504 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally to required devices, and the connected devices include but are not limited to keypads, displays, speakers, microphones, joysticks, and the like.
处理器1501负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1503可以存储处理器1501在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 1501 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1503 can store data used by the processor 1501 when performing operations.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述定位参考信号处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium. The readable storage medium stores a program or an instruction. When the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the various processes in the above embodiment of the positioning reference signal processing method are implemented, and can To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, no more details are given here.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the foregoing embodiments. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述定位参考信号处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above positioning reference signal processing method Each process of the example, and can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, will not repeat them here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在非瞬态的存储介质中,所述程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述系统消息报告的上报方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program/program product, the computer program/program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above-mentioned system message Each process of the reporting method embodiment of the report can achieve the same technical effect, so in order to avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the term "comprising", "comprising" or any other variation thereof is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or apparatus comprising a set of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed, or elements inherent in the process, method, article, or device. Without further limitations, an element defined by the phrase "comprising a ..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus comprising that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions are performed, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的 技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, and of course also by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of computer software products, which are stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, etc.) , optical disc), including several instructions to enable a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, computer, server, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Under the inspiration of this application, without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims, many forms can also be made, all of which belong to the protection of this application.

Claims (51)

  1. 一种定位参考信号处理方法,包括:A positioning reference signal processing method, comprising:
    第一终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;The first terminal performs a first operation according to subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
    其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following:
    对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;Detecting a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband;
    对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述子带配置信息包括以下至少一项:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1, wherein the subband configuration information includes at least one of the following:
    子带带宽;subband bandwidth;
    子带数目;number of subbands;
    子带标识。Subband ID.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1, wherein said detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband comprises:
    在每个下行定位参考信号候选位置上以子带为粒度,检测和/或处理下行定位参考信号;Detecting and/or processing the downlink positioning reference signal at each downlink positioning reference signal candidate position at the subband granularity;
    其中,一个下行定位参考信号候选位置代表一次时域上的下行定位参考信号传输机会。Wherein, one downlink positioning reference signal candidate position represents a downlink positioning reference signal transmission opportunity in the time domain.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位配置,或以发送接收点TRP为单位配置,或以下行定位参考信号资源集为单位配置,或以下行定位参考信号资源为单位配置,或以终端为单位配置,或以终端组为单位配置。The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1, wherein the subband configuration information is configured in units of positioning frequency layers, or in units of transmission and reception points (TRPs), or in units of downlink positioning reference signal resource sets , or configured in units of downlink positioning reference signal resources, or configured in units of terminals, or configured in units of terminal groups.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,在所述子带配置信息以定位频率层为单位配置的情况下,所述定位频率层满足以下至少一项:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 4, wherein, when the subband configuration information is configured in units of a positioning frequency layer, the positioning frequency layer satisfies at least one of the following:
    定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号的子带配置相同;The subband configurations of the downlink positioning reference signals in the positioning frequency layer are the same;
    下行定位参考信号的定位频率层参考点point A,子载波间隔SCS,带宽相同;The positioning frequency layer reference point point A of the downlink positioning reference signal, the subcarrier spacing SCS, and the same bandwidth;
    定位频率层中的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或者不同;The actual bandwidth and/or actual subband position of the downlink positioning reference signal in the positioning frequency layer are the same or different;
    同一个定位频率层内,同周期或不同PRS候选位置对应的PRS实际带宽和/或实际子带位置相同或不同。In the same positioning frequency layer, the actual PRS bandwidth and/or actual sub-band positions corresponding to the same cycle or different PRS candidate positions are the same or different.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,以下行定位参考信号带宽或先听后说LBT带宽为粒度对下行定位参考信号进行检测和/或处理。In the case that the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the downlink positioning reference signal is detected and/or processed at the granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or listen-before-talk LBT bandwidth.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性;receiving first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands;
    所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理,包括:The processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
    根据所述第一指示信息,处理至少一个可用子带上的下行定位参考信号。Process the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one available subband according to the first indication information.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述第一指示信息的有效时间或有效期为以下至少之一:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 7, wherein the validity time or validity period of the first indication information is at least one of the following:
    一个候选位置的持续时间;the duration of a candidate position;
    一个周期的多个候选位置持续时间;Multiple candidate position durations for one cycle;
    信道占用时间COT持续时间Duration之内;Within the channel occupation time COT duration Duration;
    COT duration内指示为下行DL和/或灵活flexible符号。The COT duration is indicated as a downlink DL and/or flexible symbol.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 7, wherein the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
    发送接收点标识;Sending and receiving point identification;
    定位频率层标识;Positioning frequency layer identification;
    终端标识;terminal identification;
    终端组标识;terminal group identification;
    下行定位参考信号资源标识;Downlink positioning reference signal resource identifier;
    下行定位参考信号资源集标识。The ID of the downlink positioning reference signal resource set.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述接收第一指示信息,包括以下其中之一:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 7, wherein said receiving the first indication information includes one of the following:
    在每个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before each candidate position;
    在每个周期的多个候选位置前接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information before multiple candidate positions in each period;
    缓存多个候选位置的下行定位参考信号后接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information after buffering downlink positioning reference signals of multiple candidate positions;
    在授权频段接收所述第一指示信息;receiving the first indication information in an authorized frequency band;
    接收所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息承载在第二网络设备或第二终端LBT成功后的载荷payload中。The first indication information is received, where the first indication information is carried in the payload after the second network device or the second terminal succeeds in LBT.
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    在未接收到所述第一指示信息的情况下,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行盲检测;If the first indication information is not received, perform blind detection on downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands;
    根据盲检测结果,对不同子带的下行定位参考信号进行处理。According to the blind detection result, the downlink positioning reference signals of different subbands are processed.
  12. 根据权利要求1或7所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1 or 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收用于指示相邻子带之间是否具有相位一致性的指示信息。Indication information for indicating whether there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands is received.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    在相邻子带之间具有相位一致性的情况下,对相邻子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。In the case that there is phase consistency between adjacent subbands, the downlink positioning reference signals of adjacent subbands are jointly processed.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    在不同周期或不同候选位置对应的下行定位参考信号实际带宽和/或实际子带位置不同的情况下,第一终端不对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理。If the actual bandwidths and/or actual subband positions of the downlink positioning reference signals corresponding to different periods or different candidate positions are different, the first terminal does not jointly process the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述至少一个子带的频率连续。The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1, wherein the frequency of the at least one subband is continuous.
  16. 根据权利要求1或7所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 1 or 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理;receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands;
    所述对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理,包括:The processing of the downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband includes:
    根据所述第二指示信息,对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。According to the second indication information, joint processing or separate processing is performed on the downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  17. 根据权利要求1-15中任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the method further comprises:
    上报下行定位参考信号测量结果;其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果中包括所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指示;Reporting the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result; wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes an indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
    其中,所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的下行定位参考信号子带的指示包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the indication of the downlink positioning reference signal subband associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result includes at least one of the following:
    下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
    下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
    所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳;A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result;
    所述下行定位参考信号测量结果是否经过了联合处理;Whether the measurement result of the downlink positioning reference signal has been jointly processed;
    所述下行定位参考信号测量结果对应的定位频率层标识,或发送接收点标识,或定位参考信号资源集标识,或定位参考信号资源标识,或终端标识,或终端组标识。The positioning frequency layer identifier corresponding to the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result, or the sending and receiving point identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource set identifier, or the positioning reference signal resource identifier, or the terminal identifier, or the terminal group identifier.
  18. 一种定位参考信号处理方法,包括:A positioning reference signal processing method, comprising:
    第二网络设备根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The second network device performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述在LBT 成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 18, wherein said sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful comprises:
    在下行定位参考信号子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且下行定位参考信号子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,发送下行定位参考信号。In a case where the downlink positioning reference signal subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the downlink positioning reference signal subband range have LBT successfully, the downlink positioning reference signal is sent.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 18, wherein said performing the listen-before-talk LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, comprises:
    以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度进行LBT,或者,在LBT成功后以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度发送下行定位参考信号。Perform LBT at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or send the downlink positioning reference signal at the granularity of the downlink positioning reference signal subbands after the LBT is successful.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    将下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息上报至第一网络设备;Reporting the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device;
    其中,所述下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
    下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
    下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
    所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳。A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result.
  22. 根据权利要求18所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二网络设备将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备。The second network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
  23. 根据权利要求18所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,第二网络设备以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度,进行LBT或者LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。If the sub-band configuration information does not exist or is default, the second network device sends the downlink positioning reference signal after performing LBT or LBT with a granularity of downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth.
  24. 根据权利要求18所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第一指示信息;the second network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。The first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
  25. 根据权利要求18或24所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 18 or 24, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二网络设备向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;the second network device sends second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
    所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  26. 一种定位参考信号处理方法,包括:A positioning reference signal processing method, comprising:
    第二终端根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The second terminal performs listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or sends the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT succeeds.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 26, wherein the sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful comprises:
    在下行定位参考信号子带带宽包括至少一个LBT带宽且下行定位参考信号子带范围内的LBT带宽全部LBT成功的情况下,第二终端发送下行定位参考信号。In a case where the downlink positioning reference signal subband bandwidth includes at least one LBT bandwidth and all LBT bandwidths within the downlink positioning reference signal subband range have LBT successfully, the second terminal sends the downlink positioning reference signal.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述发送进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 26, wherein the sending is performed by listening first and then talking LBT, or sending the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful, comprising:
    以下行定位参考信号子带为粒度,进行LBT或者在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The downlink positioning reference signal sub-band is used as the granularity to perform LBT or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二终端将下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息上报至第一网络设备;The second terminal reports the successful subband information of the downlink positioning reference signal transmission to the first network device;
    其中,所述下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information includes at least one of the following:
    下行定位参考信号子带标识;Downlink positioning reference signal subband identification;
    下行定位参考信号候选位置标识;Downlink positioning reference signal candidate location identification;
    所述下行定位参考信号测量结果关联的时间戳。A time stamp associated with the downlink positioning reference signal measurement result.
  30. 根据权利要求26所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还 包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二终端将所述子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第一网络设备。The second terminal sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information to the first network device.
  31. 根据权利要求26所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述子带配置信息不存在或缺省的情况下,第二终端以下行定位参考信号带宽或LBT带宽为粒度,进行LBT或LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。In the case that the subband configuration information does not exist or is default, the second terminal sends the downlink positioning reference signal bandwidth or LBT bandwidth as granularity, and sends the downlink positioning reference signal after performing LBT or LBT successfully.
  32. 根据权利要求26所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第一指示信息;the second terminal sends the first indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示下行定位参考信号子带的可用性,或者,Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of downlink positioning reference signal subbands, or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性。The first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency.
  33. 根据权利要求26或32所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 26 or 32, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二终端向第一终端和/或第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;the second terminal sends second indication information to the first terminal and/or the first network device;
    所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  34. 一种定位参考信号处理方法,包括:A positioning reference signal processing method, comprising:
    第一网络设备将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。The first network device sends the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 34, wherein the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    接收第一终端上报的下行定位参考信号测量结果;receiving a downlink positioning reference signal measurement result reported by the first terminal;
    接收第二网络设备或第二终端上报的下行定位参考信号传输成功子带信息;receiving the downlink positioning reference signal transmission success subband information reported by the second network device or the second terminal;
    接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息;receiving subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
    接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的第一指示信息;receiving first indication information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
    接收第二网络设备或第二终端发送的第二指示信息;receiving second indication information sent by the second network device or the second terminal;
    向终端发送第一指示信息;Sending first indication information to the terminal;
    向终端发送第二指示信息;sending second indication information to the terminal;
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,或者,所述第一指示信息用于指示子带的可用性,以及相邻的子带是否具有相位一致性;Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands, or the first indication information is used to indicate the availability of subbands and whether adjacent subbands have phase consistency;
    所述第二指示信息用于指示对多个子带的下行定位参考信号进行联合处理或单独处理。The second indication information is used to indicate joint processing or separate processing of downlink positioning reference signals of multiple subbands.
  36. 一种定位参考信号处理方法,包括:A positioning reference signal processing method, comprising:
    终端根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;The terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
    其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在无线链路控制RRC释放消息中接收。Wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in a radio link control RRC release message.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 36, wherein the sending the uplink positioning reference signal comprises:
    终端通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号。The terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述终端通过波束扫描的方式发送所述上行定位参考信号,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 37, wherein the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning, comprising:
    根据网络指示,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;According to the network instruction, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal by means of beam scanning;
    其中,所述根据网络指示,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号包括以下之一:Wherein, the sending of the uplink positioning reference signal by the terminal in a beam scanning manner according to the network instruction includes one of the following:
    在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系的情况下,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;In the case where the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner;
    在未指示上行定位参考信号的空间波束关系且指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,终端以所述波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号;If the spatial beam relationship of the uplink positioning reference signal is not indicated and the transmission mode of beam scanning is indicated, the terminal transmits the uplink positioning reference signal in the beam scanning mode;
    在指示波束扫描的发送方式的情况下,发送上行定位参考信号。In the case of indicating the transmission mode of beam scanning, the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted.
  39. 根据权利要求36所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述发送上行定位参考信号,包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 36, wherein the sending the uplink positioning reference signal comprises:
    终端根据上行定位参考信号配置的有效性条件,判断所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息是否有效,其中,所述上行定位参考信号配置的有效性条件包含以下至少之一:定时提前TA有效;空间波束关系有效;区域有效;时间有效;路损参考信号的有效;The terminal judges whether the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid according to the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal, wherein the validity condition of the configuration of the uplink positioning reference signal includes at least one of the following: timing advance TA is valid; the spatial beam relationship is valid; the area is valid; the time is valid; the path loss reference signal is valid;
    在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息有效的情况下,按照所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号;或者,在所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息失效的情况下,终端终止以所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息发送上行定位参考信号或者释放失效的定位参考信号配置。When the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is valid, send the uplink positioning reference signal according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state; or, in the uplink positioning in the unconnected state When the configuration information of the reference signal becomes invalid, the terminal terminates sending the uplink positioning reference signal using the configuration information of the unconnected uplink positioning reference signal or releases the invalid configuration of the positioning reference signal.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 39, wherein the method further comprises:
    终端根据目标参考信号的测量结果和/或测量结果的变化判断定时提前TA和/或空间波束关系的有效性;The terminal judges the validity of the timing advance TA and/or the spatial beam relationship according to the measurement result of the target reference signal and/or the change of the measurement result;
    在所述测量结果超出或低于目标门限的情况下,确定定时提前TA和/或空间波束关系的配置失效。In case the measurement result exceeds or falls below a target threshold, it is determined that the timing advance TA and/or the configuration of the spatial beam relationship is invalid.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述测量结果包括以下至少之一:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 40, wherein the measurement results include at least one of the following:
    参考信号接收功率RSRP;Reference signal received power RSRP;
    参考信号接收质量RSRQ;Reference Signal Received Quality RSRQ;
    到达时间差TDOA;Time Difference of Arrival TDOA;
    参考信号定时;reference signal timing;
    参考信号首达径对应的RSRP。RSRP corresponding to the first path of the reference signal.
  42. 根据权利要求40所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述目标参考信号包括以下至少之一:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 40, wherein the target reference signal comprises at least one of the following:
    为TA有效性判断配置的参考信号或参考信号组;A reference signal or reference signal group configured for TA validity judgment;
    为上行定位参考信号配置的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组;Spatial relationship reference signal or reference signal group configured for uplink positioning reference signal;
    为上行定位参考信号配置的路损参考信号或参考信号组;A path loss reference signal or reference signal group configured for the uplink positioning reference signal;
    与系统信息块类型1 SIB1具有关联关系的参考信号或参考信号组。A reference signal or reference signal group that has an associated relationship with a system information block type 1 SIB1.
  43. 根据权利要求39所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述空间波束关系有效包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 39, wherein the spatial beam relationship effectively includes:
    在终端检测上行定位参考信号的空间关系参考信号或参考信号组的测量精度不低于所述空间关系参考信号的边界条件的情况下,空间波束关系有效。In the case where the measurement accuracy of the spatial relationship reference signal or the reference signal group of the uplink positioning reference signal detected by the terminal is not lower than the boundary condition of the spatial relationship reference signal, the spatial beam relationship is valid.
  44. 根据权利要求39所述的定位参考信号处理方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The positioning reference signal processing method according to claim 39, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述空间波束关系失效的情况下,终端以波束扫描的方式发送上行定位参考信号,或者以波束重复的方式发送上行定位参考信号。45.一种定位参考信号处理装置,包括:In the case that the spatial beam relationship fails, the terminal sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam scanning manner, or sends the uplink positioning reference signal in a beam repeating manner. 45. A positioning reference signal processing device, comprising:
    第一执行单元,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,执行第一操作;The first executing unit is configured to execute the first operation according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal;
    其中,所述第一操作包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following:
    对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行检测;Detecting a downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband;
    对至少一个子带上的下行定位参考信号进行处理。The downlink positioning reference signal on at least one subband is processed.
  45. 一种定位参考信号处理装置,包括:A positioning reference signal processing device, comprising:
    第三执行单元,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The third execution unit is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  46. 一种定位参考信号处理装置,包括:A positioning reference signal processing device, comprising:
    第五执行单元,用于根据下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息,进行先听后说LBT,或者,在LBT成功后发送下行定位参考信号。The fifth executing unit is configured to perform listen-before-talk LBT according to the subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal, or send the downlink positioning reference signal after the LBT is successful.
  47. 一种定位参考信号处理装置,包括:A positioning reference signal processing device, comprising:
    第七执行单元,用于将下行定位参考信号的子带配置信息和/或带宽配置信息发送至第二网络设备,第一终端和/或第二终端。A seventh executing unit, configured to send subband configuration information and/or bandwidth configuration information of the downlink positioning reference signal to the second network device, the first terminal and/or the second terminal.
  48. 一种定位参考信号处理装置,包括:A positioning reference signal processing device, comprising:
    第十发送单元,用于根据非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息,在非连接态,发送上行定位参考信号;The tenth sending unit is configured to send the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state according to the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state;
    其中,所述非连接态的上行定位参考信号的配置信息在连接态接收或者在RRC释放消息中接收。Wherein, the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal in the unconnected state is received in the connected state or in an RRC release message.
  49. 一种终端,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至17任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者,实现如权利要求26至33任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求36至44任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤。A terminal, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and operable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, any of claims 1 to 17 can be realized. The steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in one item, or the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in any one of claims 26 to 33, or the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in any one of claims 36 to 44 Steps of a positioning reference signal processing method.
  50. 一种网络侧设备,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求18至25任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者,实现如权利要求34至35任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤。A network side device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and operable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, it realizes the requirements of claims 18 to 18. 25, or realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to any one of claims 34 to 35.
  51. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时如权利要求1至17任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者,实现如权利要求18至25任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者,实现如权利要求26至33任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求34至35任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求36至44任一项所述的定位参考信号处理方法的步骤。A readable storage medium, on which a program or instruction is stored, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, or , to realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to any one of claims 18 to 25, or to realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to any one of claims 26 to 33, or to realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to any one of claims 26 to 33, or to realize the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method according to any one of claims 18 to 25 The steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in any one of claims 34 to 35, or the steps of the positioning reference signal processing method described in any one of claims 36 to 44.
PCT/CN2022/108954 2021-08-04 2022-07-29 Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal, and network side device WO2023011349A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110893518.2 2021-08-04
CN202110893518.2A CN115706914A (en) 2021-08-04 2021-08-04 Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal and network side equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023011349A1 true WO2023011349A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85154262

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/108954 WO2023011349A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2022-07-29 Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal, and network side device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115706914A (en)
WO (1) WO2023011349A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240107620A1 (en) * 2022-09-27 2024-03-28 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Positioning reference unit selection

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110730501A (en) * 2018-07-17 2020-01-24 华为技术有限公司 Positioning method, device and equipment
CN110730056A (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-01-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning reference signal transmission method, terminal and network equipment
CN111343567A (en) * 2019-01-04 2020-06-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 Non-connection state uplink positioning method and device
CN111526581A (en) * 2019-02-03 2020-08-11 华为技术有限公司 User positioning method, network element, system and storage medium
CN114258130A (en) * 2020-09-23 2022-03-29 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Positioning reference signal transmission triggered by sounding reference signal
CN114765731A (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method executed by user equipment and user equipment

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110730056A (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-01-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning reference signal transmission method, terminal and network equipment
CN110730501A (en) * 2018-07-17 2020-01-24 华为技术有限公司 Positioning method, device and equipment
CN111343567A (en) * 2019-01-04 2020-06-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 Non-connection state uplink positioning method and device
CN111526581A (en) * 2019-02-03 2020-08-11 华为技术有限公司 User positioning method, network element, system and storage medium
CN114258130A (en) * 2020-09-23 2022-03-29 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Positioning reference signal transmission triggered by sounding reference signal
CN114765731A (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method executed by user equipment and user equipment

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240107620A1 (en) * 2022-09-27 2024-03-28 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Positioning reference unit selection

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115706914A (en) 2023-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20160248533A1 (en) Measurement configuration method, identification and measurement method, macro base station, and ue
WO2019020035A1 (en) Method and device for selecting beam
US11076379B2 (en) Paging method and apparatus
CN114650499B (en) Positioning measurement method, device, equipment and readable storage medium
US20230188281A1 (en) Method for measuring reference signal, terminal, and network side device
US20230239093A1 (en) Reference signal resource processing method and apparatus, device, and readable storage medium
US20210092796A1 (en) Wireless Emergency Alert End Determination
US20190313324A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Cell Detection in Unlicensed Communication Systems
WO2022117087A1 (en) Method and device for positioning on sidelink (sl), and terminal
WO2023011349A1 (en) Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal, and network side device
US20240098546A1 (en) Measurement gap determining method, terminal, and network side device
CN106470413B (en) Method and device for processing proximity service in multiple carriers
US20230232268A1 (en) Measurement method, measurement apparatus, terminal, and network device
WO2023025017A1 (en) Transmission processing method and apparatus, and device
WO2022078311A1 (en) Positioning method, terminal, and network side device
WO2022156751A1 (en) Path switching method, terminal and network side device
WO2023006015A1 (en) Positioning reference signal processing method, terminal and network side device
WO2023001227A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and terminal for gap execution
WO2022268067A1 (en) Positioning methods and apparatus, and electronic device
US20240137781A1 (en) Spatial relation indication method and device
WO2022022553A1 (en) Coordinative interference processing method and related device
WO2024037401A1 (en) Gap configuration method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
WO2023011535A1 (en) Low mobility state determination method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
US20240040421A1 (en) Measurement Gap Pattern Configuration Method and Apparatus, Terminal, and Network-Side Device
WO2023143413A1 (en) Synchronization signal block receiving method, synchronization signal block sending method, and related device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22852062

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE